THE NATURAL HISTORY OF PLANTS. By H. Batton, President of

the Linnzan Society of Puris, Professor of Medical Natural History and Director ofthe

Botanical Garden of the Faculty of Medicine of Paris, Super-royal 8yo. Vols. 1. to

_ VIIL., with 3545 Wood Engravings, 25s. €ach.

s THE NARCISSUS, ITS HISTORY AND CULTURE, with Coloured Fi

of all known Species and Principal Varieties. By F. W. Bursrper

gures

of the Classification by J. G. Bakgr, F.L.S. Super-royal 8vo,

, and a Review

48 Coloured Plates, 32s,

L. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN,

oh Reeve & Co.'s Cr. 8v0 Series of Natural History.

New Edition. Now Ready,

_ BRITISH BEETLES; an Introduction ne

CoLroprrra. By E.C. Rye. Revised by the

Piates, and Woodeuts, 10s. 6d,

the Study of our indigenous

Rey. Canon Fow.er. 16 Coloured

oe Babak Zoo hytes including the | Seconda Edition, Rewritten and much Enlarged.

Hydride; at dha and Polyzoa | The Edible Mollusca of Great Britain

_ found in Great’ Britain, Ireland, and and Ireland, including the Oyster, Mus-

the Channel Islands, By Artur S. sel, Cockle, Scallop, Limpet, Whelk,

Pennineton,F.L.S. 24Plates. 10s.6d. Periwinkle, and many others less com-

Basa — ‘ monly known, with Recipes for Cooking

British Insects; a Familiar Deserip-- | how By M.S. Lovern, 12 Coloured

_ tion of the Form, Structure, nee Plates, 10s. 6d, = ee

_ and Transformation of Insects. y : ed ie ee ee

_ E.P.Sraverey. 16 Coloured Plates, Pabe Nea BSC polices geese

Pada ws Woodeuts, 14s. Yhopsis of | ritis osses, contain-

Ge Sint ing Descriptions of all the Genera and

British Butterflies and Moths ; an Species found in Great Britain and

_ Introduction to the Study of our Native Treland, with loealities of the rarer ones,

fe ae By ets ae: By C, P. Hopxrx, F.L.S. 7s. 6d.

10s. 6a. ae ’ | British Grasses; an Introduction to

tish Bees ; a Intro duction to the the Study of the Grasses found in the

‘ British Isles. By M. Pruzs, 16

tudy of the Natural History and Coloured Plates,and Woodcuts, 10s. 6d.

Economy of the Bees indigenous to the ey aS

British Isles. By W. E. Suuckarp. | British Ferns. With Chapters on the

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts, Structure, Pro

10s, 6d. ; : sees. Shee Preservation, and Dis- _

ib Seidera son Introdnetion ti ribution . erns, By M. PLUES.

ritish Sp ol the Keiheice focnd ia ce ——— Plates, and Woodcuts,

: is. Od, ee aes

_ SravEtzy. 16 Coloured Plates, and | British Seaweeds. By S. O. Gray.

- : 16 Coloured Plates, 10s. 6d.

h Bo

Pagation, Cultivation, =

°°

9°90

“<

0999”

Vincent Brooks,Day & Son imap

L. Reeve & C2 London

Vincent Brooks Day & Son Timp

Tap. 7158; 4,: 9.

AMORPHOPHALLUS Trranum.

Native of Sumatra. -

Nat. Ord. Anompex,—Tribe PytHontea. * “

Genus AmorpHorHaLLus, Blume; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p. 971.)

AmorpPHoPHALLUs (Brachyspatha) Titanwm; tubere maximo depresso-globoso,

folii petiolo 16-pedali levi albo-punctato, lamina ambitu 30-45-pedali

trisecta, segmentis di-tri-sectis dichotome pinnatisectis pinnatifidisectisve

ultimis ovato-oblongis caudato-acuminatis, sinubus angustissimis, supra

lete viridibus nervis\impressis subtus pallidioribus, pedunculo brevi

crasso albo-punctato, spatha juniore cataphyllis oblongis luride viridibus

-albo punctatis vestita, mature tubo crasso infundibulari-flavo virescente

in laminam late campanulatam rubro-purpuream expanso, lamina 3-4

ped. diam. ambitu recurva plicata marginibus grosse inequaliter dentatis,

_ spadice spatha sub duplo longiore 5-pedali crasso stricto erecto, appendice

quam inflorescentia triplo longiore a basi ad apicem sensim attenuato

pallide awreo-flavo levi, inflorescentiis tubo spathz inclusis 10 poll. diam.,

feminea e ovariis globosis sessilibus dissitis 2-3-locularibus in stylos duplo

longiores contractis, stigmatibus globosis, loculis 1-ovulatis, ovulis

basilaribus in fl. masc. e antheris sessilibus confertis ellipsoideis 2-porosis,

baccis ovoideis rubris 1-2-spermis, seminibus plano-convexis.

A. Titanum, Beceari in Bull. Soc. Toscan. di Ortic. 1879, p. 46; Arcangeli in

Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. vol. xi. (1879), p. 217 ; Engler, Monog. Arac. p. 643 ;

Masters in Gard. Chron. 1886. ii. p. 432, figs. 88 and 89; 1889, i. p. 746

and 804, figs. 119 and 120; 1889, ii. 19, figs. 3,5, 6; Beccari iw Bull.

Soe. Toscan. di Ortic. Ser. 2, vol. iv. 1889, p. 250, 266, t. viii. et Schneider

in Le Jardin. 1889, p. 178. (ewm Ic. ex Journ. Hort. vol. \xxxii. p. 6, f. 2,

‘ea geerat.)

Conophallus Titanum, Beccari in Bull, Soc, Tose. di Ortic. 1878, p. 271,

_ 291; Masters in Gard. Chron. 1878, p. 788, fig. 127.

The earliest account of this wonderful plant that reached

Europe, is contained in an article under the title “ Una

Pianta Maravigliosa,’”” communicated by Signor Fenzi of

Florence, to the Royal Tuscan Society of Horticulture, in ©

‘September, 1878 (Bull. Soc. Toscan. di Ortic. 1878,

p- 271). It consists of the contents of a letter addressed

from Sumatra by the illustrious traveller and botanist,

Dr. Beccari, to his friend the Marchese Corsi Salviati,

in which he announces the discovery of a gigantic

aroid, probably belonging to the genus Conophallus, and

gives some details of its huge dimensions. It was shortly

_ afterwards followed by another article under the title of

January lst, 1891. : 5

”

Conophallus ? Titanum in the same Journal, p. 290, and

from the same sources, giving fuller details as to its

fruiting condition and foliage, together with a sketch of

the plant in its flowering state. Together with this infor-

mation Dr. Beccari sent both tubers and seeds to the

Marchese. As regards the tubers the result was unfor-

tunate ; for, according to the law of 1875, making pro-

vision against the introduction of the vine disease (Phyl-

lorera), the tubers were detained at Marseilles till they

rotted. The seeds, on the other hand, arrived in good

condition, and germinated in the Marchese’s garden,

whence some very young plants were transmitted to Kew

by that nobleman, at Dr. Beccari’s request.

In 1878 the accounts received from Dr. Beccari were

communicated by Signor Fenzi to the “ Gardener’s

Chronicle,” published in December of the same year (vol.

1878, iil. pp. 596 and 788), together with a copy of the

sketch of the flowering plant.

In the following year a full botanical account of the

plant was drawn up from Dr. Beccari’s notes by Prof.

Arcangeli, which appeared in the new-Journal of the

Botanical Society of Italy (vol. xi. p. 217) under the title

of * L’Amorphophallus Titanum, Beccari, illustrato di G.

Arcangeli”’ (Conophallus being regarded by botanists

as a section of the latter genus). Before proceedin )

further with the history of this bulky vegetable I shall give

Dr. Beccari’s account of its discovery, extracted from

his article in the Bulletin of the Royal-'Tuscan Society of —

Horticulture, vol. iv. (1889), p. 250, with a figure copi

by permission of Dr. Hogg from the Journal of Hi

culture. | oer ‘

“* It was on the 6th of August, 1878, at Ajer Mantcior,

in the Padang Province of Sumatra, that I found the

leaves of this extraordinary plant. Shortly afterwards,

being at Kaji Tanam, a place not far from Ajer Mantcior,

and there informed that the Amorphophallus was common

on the surrounding hills, I offered a large reward to any

one who would bring me a flower. This promise produced

a more speedy effect than I could have hoped for, for on __

the 5th of September, towards midday, I had the satis __

faction of possessing a flower of this marvel. . a

“The single flower (or more correctly inflorescence) with

the tuber (from which it springs almost directly), form

together so ponderous a mass, that for the purpose of

transporting it, it had to be lashed to along pole, the ends

- of which were placed on the shoulders of two men. To

give an idea of the size of this gigantic flower, it is enough

to say that a man standing upright can barely reach the

top of the spadix with his hand, which occupies the centre

of the flower, and that with open arms he can scarcely —

reach half way round the circumference of the funnel-

shaped spathe from the bottom of which the spadix |

arises.” :

' Signor Beccari then proceeds to describe the flowering,

&¢c., of the Amorphophallus at Kew, but as Mr. Watson, to

whom the honour of growing and flowering the plant is due,

+ has been so good as to furnish me with a more detailed

account of the same, I pass over.that part of the narrative,

and proceed to Signor Beccari’s description of the fruiting

plant. ‘ The spadix in this condition is another wonder

of the vegetable kingdom. It forms a cylindric column

more than three feet three inches in height and six

inches in diameter, green marbled with white, and bearing

in its upper part (the male and sterile part (appendage).

having decayed and fallen away), a mass of berries pressed _

together, the whole forming a’stout cylindric body, nearly

_ twofeetlong. But for its size the fruiting spadix resembles ©

that of Arum italicum. Each fruit is as large as a small

cherry, rather elongate, smooth and carmine red in

colour ; it encloses one to three seeds, each enveloped in a

copious pulp.” - :

The Sumatran name of this Amorphophallus is Grubi,

- Krubi, and Krubut, names which the natives give to other ©

aroids. The tubers are said to be edible, but it is not known

how they are prepared for food. With regard to its con-

ditions of growth, the position of Ajer Mantcior, on the

west coast of. Sumatra, is 364 metr. (1183 feet), and of

Kaji ‘'anam, 135 metr. (440 feet) above the sea; the

- atmosphere is ‘perennially humid; the mean highest and

lowest temperatures at the former locality are 25° and 82°

cent. (77°—89° Fahrt.) in the shade, rarely falling to 22°

and rising to 35° (71° and 95° Fahrt.). The plant courts a

_ deep shade, and a light soil. :

_____Unimpeachable as is Dr. Beccari’s character for scientific

accuracy, it is satisfactory to have had, before it flowered

and leafed at Kew, a full confirmation of his account of the

dimensions of a plant so marvellously exceeding all others

of its kind; and this is supplied by the naturalist and

traveller, Forbes, who is the only other European known

to have seen this plant in its native state. He Says, in

his ‘‘ Naturalist’s Wanderings in the Eastern Archipelago,”

at page 175, that he found the Amorphophallus in the

Barisan range, growing in a sandy soil, the biggest

specimen measuring seventeen feet in height; and again

at page 227, when on the Kling river he met with the

largest tubers ever yet recorded, being six feet six inches

in circumference, and the stem (presumably the petiole) at

the base, two feet seven inches in circumference, the whole

being a load for twelve men. :

__ Shortly after Signor Beccari’s return to Italy from the

Hast, the Marchese Corsi Salviati caused a full-sized

drawing of this giant to be made under Dr. Beccari’s

supervision, and of this he. presented (in 1881) a copy

to Kew, where it forms a most striking feature in the

ceiling of the fine hall devoted to the collection of timbers,

&ec., and is certainly the most surprising of the many

wonders of the vegetable kingdom that are there displayed.

The dimensions of the picture (which has no margin) are

eighteen feet by fifteen feet six inches, it represents a leaf

of the full size, growing out of the ground, and under-

neath it two Sumatrans carrying a flowering specimen:

lashed to a pole. - —

Before proceeding to give Mr. Watson’s account of the

treatment and flowering of this plant at Kew, it is not out

of place to consider its position amongst the recognized

wonders of the vegetable kingdom. These may be for

convenience divided into the Morphological and Physio-

logical ; under the first of which the Titan comes, and

under a subdivision characterized by bulk, and the attain-

ment of this in respect of all the organs (except perhaps

the root, as regard time, and the pollen, and ovules as ~

regards dimensions) in a marvellously short time. In

structure it differs only specifically from a dozen other —

Amorphophalli, many of which are very big, and grow as

fast, but they do not attain go portentous a bulk, and none

Cees

exceeds the others in this respect so vastly. For comparison

Professor Arcangeli has given the size of the largest

congener hitherto discovered, curiously enough a native of |

the same island, namely A. Gigas, Teysm. and Binnend,

the length of the petiole and peduncle of whichis six and a

half feet, and of the spadix three feet three inches. It

differs from Titanwm in the long peduncle, and in having a

broad, open spathe. Along with which should be mentioned

(as is in the Gardener’s Chronicle, 1878, p. 788), the

allied Nicaraguan gigantic aroid Godwinia Gigas(Tab. 6048)

of this work, of which the tuber attains.two feet two

inches in circumference and a weight of over seven pounds,

the petiole a height of ten feet, and the leaf ten feet in cir-

cumference, the peduncle four feet in length, and spathe

one foot eightinches. There are also gigantic aroids of

which little is known in tropical Africa, but there is no

reason to suppose that they rival the Asiatic Amorphophalli.

. In one point alone our Titan surpasses all other plants, and

that is in the rapid development of tissue in a single leaf.

I can think of none in which so great an amount is pro-

duced and brought to maturity in so short atime. The

largest leaved plants occur amongst the Palms, and next

to them come the Musas; their leaves in many instances —

far surpass in dimensions and weight those of Titan, but

they are not formed so rapidly, and are comparatively |

_ slow of maturation.

Lastly, the flower of Rafjlesia Arnoldi, a native of

Sumatra, well known for its gigantic size, has been

alluded to as dwarfed in comparison with that of this

Amorphophallus, but a single hermaphrodite flower of.

Rafjlesia is far more remarkable as a flower than is the

inflorescence of this aroid as such, and the two are not in

any way further comparable than that each is gigantic.

The following account of the development and flowering

of A. Titonwm at Kew has been kindly drawn up for me_

by Mr. Watson, Assistant Curator of the Royal Gardens,

who: reared it from infancy to its full stature. Unfor-

tunately the flowering stage was so rapid that it was wit-

nessed by few, and by them at the expense of enduring an

atrocious stench, resembling that of Bulbophyllum Beccarii

(Tab. 6567), which rendered the tropical Orchid house at

Kew unendurable during its flowering in 1881. I should

be wanting in gratitude if I did not here express my deep

obligation to the talented artist of this work (Miss Smith),

who, in her efforts to do justice by her pencil to these

plants, suffered in each case a prolonged martyrdom that

terminated in illness in the case of the orchid.

“The plant of Amorphophallus.Titanum, which flowered

at Kew in June, 1889, was received by Sir Joseph Hooker

from Dr. O. Beccari, through the Marchese Corsi Salviati,

of Sesto, near Florence, exactly ten years. previously

(June, 1879). It was then a small seedling, which had

been raised in the Botanical Gardens at Florence from

seeds forwarded by Dr. Beccari soon after he discovered

the plant in Sumatra in 1877.

“The plant at Kew was grown in a stove along with

other tropical tuberous aroids until it became too large for

the house, when it was removed to the house where the

Victoria regia is grown. Here it was placed on an in-

verted potin the tank, the water in which in summer was

~ heated to about 80° Fahr. Although deciduous, like the

other Amorphophalli, yet A. Titanum sometimes retained

its leaf fully twelve months, or even more. On the leaf

decaying the tuber was taken out of the soil, washed, and

buried in clean moist silver sand, and kept in a temperature

of about 70°. It was repotted in rich loamy soil as-soon

as it began to push into fresh growth.

“In the spring of 1887 the tuber was three feet nine

‘inches in circumference and ten inches deep. Thenew

leaf pushed through the soil in the first week in June, and

grew so rapidly that in about six weeks it was mature.

The dimensions of the plant at that time were as follows :—

Along with them are the dimensions of wild examples as

measured by Dr. Beccari”? (to which I have added the |

measurements by Forbes.—g. p. u.) :-—

: . 4, : Circumference|Circumference| Circumfer-

beeps sos gene i of petiole at | of petiole at | ence of leaf-

: base. apex, blade,

Te 1 fe in Tt. ft. in.

Kew plant, 1887 . en 6-6 pee a A ‘L 26

Native plants (Bec-

cari) . . . S. 0 10 0 . 0 45

Forbes . 6 6 5 eae 2 7 re

“In 1888 the leaf was even larger, the spread of the

blade being twelve feet, the stalk eight feet high and nine

inches in diameter at the base. ; :

_ “The tuber was weighed in March, 1889, before being

repotted, it was fifty-seven pounds in weight, and measured

eighteen inches in diameter, by twelve inches in depth.

In the early stages of growth there was no perceptible —

difference between the development of the fower-bud and

a leaf-bud, both being enclosed in a largesheath which ~

withers and falls off early. By June 5th, however, the top

of the spathe pushed through the sheath; after which the

inflorescence grew in height about three inches per day,

and reached its full development on June 2lst. Its

ultimate height was six feet nine inches. The peduncle

was eighteen inches high, the spathe three feet long and four

_ feet across the mouth, and the spadix five feet long by ten ~

~ inches in diameter at the thickest part above the flowers.

“The spathe began to unfold at five p.m., was fully

expanded by half-past six; and at eight p.m. it had begun

to close again, and by eleven o’clock it had entirely

closed. The stench emitted by the flowers was very

_ powerful, and suggested a mixture of rotten fish and burnt

sugar. Many blue-bottle flies were attracted by it. The

smell had ceased within forty-eight hours after the spathe

unfolded. By fixing a wire crinoline inside the spathe it

was made to keep something like its natural appearance

until it began to wither. :

** All the roots died after the flower was over, and on

again weighing the tuber it was found to have lost nine

pounds in weight as a result of the production of the huge

inflorescence. 3

“‘ At the present time (November, 1890), the plant is in

full leaf, and although not quite so large as it was previous

to flowering, it is perfectly sound and promising. The

present leaf is nearly thirteen months old.” —

It remains to indicate the position of A. Titanum in the

genus Amorphophallus, which contains about fifteen well

- defined species, all tropical Asiatic and Malayan. Of

these, one, the common Indian 4. campanulatus, is sup-

posed to extend to New Guinea and the Fiji Islands, and

to occur also in Madagascar ; but as it is not possible to

identify such plants without living specimens or good

’

_ drawings, of which there are none of this species from the

islands above mentioned, it is not safe to infer that it has

so exceptional a distribution. Itis the type of the genus,

and of the first section, Candarum, distinguished by its

short peduncle, very broad open campanulate spathe, —

short thick appendix of the spadix, and globose ovaries

with long styles. (See t. 2812 and t. 5187 of this Maga-

zine.) In the second section Brachyspatha the peduncle is

elongated, the spathe short, the appendage of the spadix

very long, acute, and the style short. To this section

belongs the A. (Proteiophallus) Riviert of this Magazine

(t. 6295). The third section Conophallus has a long or

short peduncle, a spathe with a convolute tube gradually

contracted into a concave limb, a thick conical appendix,

and sessile stigma. To it belongs A. bulbifer (Arum bulbi-

Jerum, t. 2072 and t. 2508). From these definitions it

will be seen that A. Titanum does not agree with any, but

that it comes nearest to Brachyspatha, in which Engler has

placed it, and I think rightly, provided the sectional

character be slightly modified by disregarding the length

of the style and form of the appendages of the spadix.— .

SO 2? ; 7 :

Plate 7153. Flowering plant of Amorphophallus Titanum about one-eighth

of the natural size.

Plate 7154. Leaf and petiole of the same one-tenth of the natural size, and

‘portion of the apex of a segment of the natural size.

Plate 7155. Young inflorescence of the same the day before expansion, one-

ninth of the natural size. Fig. 1, Portion of spadix with male and female

flowers of the natural size; figs.2 and 3, stamens; fig. 4, longitudinal, and =

5, transverse section of an ovary ; figs. 6 and 7, ovules :—igs. 2-7 enlarged.

Tas. 7156.

DIPLADENTA tntostets. Var. glabra.

Native of Brazil.

Nat. Ord. ArpocyNacrEm®.—Tribe EcnitipE2.

Genus Dienaventa, Alph. DC.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol.ii. p. 726.) —

Dirtapenia (Eudipladenia) ilustris; glabra pubescens v. velutino-pubescens, ;

foliis exstipulatis breviter petiolatis oblongis rotundatisve obtusis v. sub- Z

acutis coriaceis. basi rotundatis v. subcordatis multinerviis, racemis

terminalibus 4—8-floris, bracteis subulato-lanceolatis pedicellis multoties

brevioribus, sepalis subulatis, corolla tubo ad medium anguste cylindraceo

dein infundibulari, limbo 3-3} poll. diam. rosei lobis orbiculari-ovatis

obtusis, filamentis brevissimis tomentosis, stigmate conoideo 5-costato |

basi intruso 5-lobo. ‘

D. illustris, Alph. DC. in Prodr. vol. viii. p. 483; Muell. Arg. in Mart. Fl. Bras.

vol, vi. pt. 1, p. 125. :

D. Gardneriana, Alph. DC. 1. c.

D. Rosa campestris, Lem. in Fl. des Serres. t. 256.

Echites illustris, Vellozo Flor. Flum, vol. iii. t. 49; text, p. 114.

E. eines, Mart. Ex. Stadelm. in Flora, 1841, Beibl. p. 66; Alph. DC. 1. c.

Var. glabra; tota glabra.

D. illustris, var. glabra, Muell. Arg. 1. ¢. t. xxxviii.

D. Alexicaca, Alph. D.C. 1. ce: p. 484. Mart. Ez.

D. androsemifolia, Alph. DC. 1. ¢. p. 484.

Kchites Alexicaca, Mart, Ex. Stadelm. l. c. p. 68.

Of the species of Dipladenia figured in this Magazine,

D. illustris is very closely allied to two, namely, D. acu-

minata, t. 4828, which has large branched stipular pro-

cesses, very much larger flowers with narrower more acute

corolla-lobes and a more cylindric upper half of the tube,

and D. splendens (Echites splendens, t. 3976), which has a. -

shorter corolla-tube, and acuminate leaves, cordate at the - |

base. Both these differ further from D. illustris in their

membraneous leaves with distant arching nerves. Of the

few other plants figured in this work under Dipladenia,

two do not belong to the genus, namely D. Harris,

t. 4825, which is an Odontadenia, having amongst other

_ differential characters a cupular erect disk surrounding ©

_ the ovary, and a very different calyx and stigma, and

January Ist, 1891. er

iad

D., flava, t. 4702, a species of Urechites, which is distin-

guished by the long twisted tips of the anther, and the

stigma of Odontadenia and Echites.

D. illustris is a native of Brazil, where it has a

very wide range, from the province of Bahia in the north

to that of St. Paul in the south. Specimens are in

the Kew Herbarium, collected in Central Brazil by M.

Glaziou, Director of Public Parka; &¢. It 4s an. ex.

ceedingly variable plant as to foliage, and Mueller has

devoted a page to its diversity of form and clothing, from

oblong to orbicular and from perfectly glabrous, as in the

form here figured, to softly tomentose or almost woolly.

D. Gardneriana is a form with sparingly pubescent oblong

leaves, but not otherwise distinguishable. D. illustris is

likely to be confounded with another Brazilian coriaceous

leaved species, D. gentianoides, in which the lower cylindric

portion of the calyx is only one-fourth or one-third as long

as the upper, which is more inflated and subcylindric. The

fruit of D. illustris consists of two long perfectly straight

acuminate follicles, eight to ten inches long, not so thick

as a goose-quill. The plant has been described as poi-

sonous to cattle.

__ The specimen figured was sent by Messrs. Sander, of

St. Albans, in July of this year.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Calyx, tube of corolla and stamens ; 2 and 3, stamens; 4, pistil :—

all enlarged.

BRITISH, COLONIAL, AND FOREIGN

FLORAS.

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Description of the

Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British

Isles. For the use of Beginners and Amateurs. By Grorcre BENTHAM,

F.R.S. 5th Edition, revised by Sir J. D. Hooker. Crown 8yo, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Series of Wood

Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants, from Drawings by W. H.

Firen, F.L.8., and W. G. Saran, F.L.S., forming an Illustrated Companion

to Bentham’s ‘‘ Handbook,” and other British Floras. 1311 Wood En-

gravings. 2nd Edition, revised and enlarged, crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.

OUTLINES of ELEMENTARY BOTANY, as Introductory to

Local Floras. By Grorck BentHam, F.R.S., President of the Linnean

Society. New Edition, 1s,

FLORA of HAMPSHIRE, including the Isle of Wight, with

- localities of the less common species. By F. Townsenp, M.A., F.L.S.

With Coloured Map and two Plates, 16s,

HANDBOOK of BRITISH MOSSES, containing all that are

known to be natives of the British Isles. By the Rev. M. J. Berketey,

M.A., F.L.S. 24 Coloured Plates, 21s,

SYNOPSIS of BRITISH MOSSES, containing Descriptions of

all the Genera and Species (with localities of the rarer ones) found in Great

Britain and Ireland. By Cuartes P. Hopxrrk, F.L.S., &., &e. New

_. _ Edition, entirely revised. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.

THE BRITISH MOSS-FLORA. Monographs of the Families of

British Mosses, illustrated by Plates of all the species, with Microscopical

details of their structure. By R. Brairnwaire, M.D., F.L.S. Vol. L,

with 45 Plates, 50s. Part XI., 8s. Part XII., 7s. Part XIII., 6s.

FLORA of BRITISH INDIA. By Sir J. D. Hooxer, F.R.S.,

and others. Parts I.to XIII., 10s. 6d. each Parts XIV., XV., and XVL.,

9s. each. Vols. I. to IV., 32s. each. Vol. V., 38s.

FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS: a Description of the Plants of the

Australian Territory. By G. Bentruam, F.R.S., F.L.S., assisted by F.

Muetter, F.R.S. Vols, I. to VI., 20s.each. Vol. VII., 24s. Published

under the auspices of the several Governments of Australia.

FLORA of MAURITIUS and the SEYCHELLES: a Descrip-

_ tion of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of those Islands. By J. G. Baker,

F.L:8. Complete in 1 vol., 24s. Published under the authority of the

Colonial Government of Mauritins. ;

FLORA CAPENSIS: a Systematic Description of the Plants of

the Cape Colony, Caffraria, and Port Natal. By Winriam H. Harvey, M_D.,

F.R.S., and Orro Witnetm Sonprer, Ph.D. Vols: I. and IL, each 12s,

Vol. III., 18s.

FLORA of TROPICAL AFRICA. By Dante Ontver, F.R.S.,

F.L.S. Vols. I.to IIl., each 20s. Published under the authority of the

First Commissioner of Her Maiesty’s Works.

HANDBOOK of the NEW ZEALAND FLORA: a Systematic

Description of the Native Plants of New Zealand, and the Chatham,

Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s, Campbell’s, and Macquarrie’s Islands. By

Sir J. D. Hooxer, F.R.S. Published under the auspices of the Government

of that Colony. Complete, 42s, :

FLORA of the BRITISH WEST INDIAN ISLANDS. By

Dr. Grisrpacn, F.L.S. 42s. Published under the auspices of the Secre-

tary of State for the Colonies. oe

FLORA HONGKONGENSIS: a Description of the Flowering

Plants and Ferns of the Island of Hongkong. By Grorce BENTHAM,

F.L.S. With a Map of the Island and Supplement by Dr. Hance, 18s.

Published under the authority of Her Majesty’s Secretary of State for the

Colonies. The Supplement, separately, 2s.6d. a

ON the FLORA of AUSTRALIA; its Origin, Affinities, and

__‘ Distribation. By Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. 10s.

= CONTRIBUTIONS to THE FLORA of MENTONE, and—

_ to a Winter Flora of the Riviera, including the coast from Marseilles to

99 Coloured

nomeeae

TraskRNe Moccriper. Royal 8vo. Complete in 1 vol. e

oe ‘ ‘Vol. I. » Large Paper Edition, with 2 Structural and 36 Gi

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE.

CONTENTS OF No. 553, JANUARY, 1891.

Tas. 7153.—

, 7154—,- AMORPHOPHALLUS TITANUM.

» 7155.—

7156.—DIPLADENIA ILLUSTRIS. Var. Glabra.

L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, Part IV., with 8 Coloured Plates, 15s.

cet Saeed OPTEHERA INDICA.

By F. MOORE, F-.Z.S.

Prospectus, with First List of Subscribers, can be had on application to the Publishers.

L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, New Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. HooxeEr, 10s. 6d.

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA:

A Description of the Flowering Plants and Ferns Indigenous

to or Naturaliged in the British Isles. —

By GEORGE BENTHAM, EBS.

5th Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooxer, C.B., K.C.S.L, F.B.S., &e.

Now ready. 2nd Edition, with 1311 Wood Engravings, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE BRITISH FLORA:

A Series of Wood Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants.

Drawn sy W. H. FITCH, F.LS., anp W. G. SMITH, F.LS.

Forming an Illustrated Companion to Bentham’s ' «« Handbook,” satis other British Floras.

Now Reapy, ses 3s. plain, 5s, coloured, Part XLIV. of seen Large pore,

Lilustrated Edition of the

‘COLEOPTERA oF THE BRITISH ISLANDS.

‘BY THE

REV. CAN ON FOWLER, M.A.., ¥. Lis Ss

Also Vol. I. of the Small Paper Edition, containing the Adephaga (Cicindelidee,

Carabidee, and Dytiscide), the Hydrophilidee ,an Introduction, twostructural

Plates, and Woodeuts, Price 14s., = Volz Sone : See iie, =

Vol. IIL, 16s. Vol. IV., 16s. oe : as

Third Series.

No. 5 5 4,

VOL. XLVIL—FEBRUARY. Price 3s, 6d. coloured, 2s. 6d. plain.

oB No. 19 AS OF THE ENTIRE WORK.

CURTIS'S

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE,

COMPRISING

THE PLANTS OF THE ROYAL GARDENS OF KEW,

AND OF OTHER BOTANICAL ESTABLISHMENTS IN GREAT BRITAIN, WITH

SUITABLE DESCRIPTIONS; _

Sir JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER, M.D., K.CS.1, CB. F.R.S, ELS,

Late Director of the Ropal Botanic Gardens of Kew,

NPR PN NLR RNA LOLA

LPP Pe

Nature and Art to adorn the page combine,

And flowers exotic grace our northern clime.

RPP PDP EEE A SU

LONDON:

L. REEVE ayn CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

1891.

[AU rights reserved]

ROYAL

BOTANIC SOCIETY,

Iisol.

SPRING EXHIBITIONS, Wednesdays, March 18, April 22.

SUMMER EXHIBITIONS, Wednesdays, May 13, June 17.

EVENING FETE, Wednesday, July 8. 8 to 12 p.m.

PROMENADES, Wednesdays in May, June, and July, commencing

May 6; Exhibition and Féte Days excepted.

THE NATURAL HISTORY OF PLANTS. By H. Battuon, President of

the Linnzan Society of Paris, Professor of Medical Natural History and Director of the

Botanical Garden of the Faculty of Medicine of Paris.

Super-royal 8vo. Vols. I. to

VIII., with 3545 Wood Engravings, 25s. each.

L. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

L. Reeve & Co.'s Cr. 8v0 Series of Natural History.

New Edition. Now Ready.

BRITISH BEETLES; an Introduction to the Study of our indigenous

CongoprEra. By E. C. Rye.

Plates, and Woodcuts, 10s, 6d,

British Zoophytes, including the

Hydroida, Actinozoa, and Polyzoa

found in Great Britain, Treland, and

the Channel Islands. By ARTHUR S.

Pennineton,F.L.S. 24 Plates. 10s.6d.

British Insects ; a Familiar Descrip-

tion of the Form, Structure, Habits,

and Transformation of Insects. By

E. F. Stavetey. 16 Coloured Plates,

and numerous Woodcuts, 14s.

British Butterflies and Moths; an

Introduction to the Study of our Native

LEPIpoPpTERA. By H. T. Stainton.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

10s. 6d.

British Bees ; an Introduction to the

Study of “the Natural History and

Economy of the Bees indigenous to the

British Isles. By W. E, SHuckarp,

16: Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

10s. 6d.

British Spiders; an Introduction to

the Study of the ARANEID# found in

Great Britain and Ireland. By E. F.

Stavetey. 16 Coloured Plates, and

Woodcuts, 10s. 6d.

Revised by the Rev. Canon Fowner. 16 Coloured

Second Edition, Riwilaan and much Enlarged.

The Edible Mollusca of Great Britain

and Ireland, ineluding the Oyster, Mus-

sel, Cockle, Scallop, Limpet, Whelk,

Periwinkle, and many others less com-

monly known, with Recipes for Cooking

them. By M. S. Lovett. 12 Coloured

Plates, 10s. 6d.

Revised Edition, entirely rearr d.

Synopsis of British Mosses, contain-

ing Descriptions of all the Genera and

Species found in Great Britain and

Treland, with localities of the rarer ones.

By C, P. Hoprrex, F.L.S. 7s. 6d.

British Grasses; an Introduction to

the Study of the Grasses found in the

British Isles. By M. Purves. 16

Coloured Plates,and Woodcuts, 10s, 6d.

British Ferns. With Chapters on the

Structure, Propagation, Cultivation,

Diseases, Uses, Preservation, and Dis-

tribution of Ferns. By M. Puvzs.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

10s. 6d..

British Seaweeds. By S. - Gray.

16 Coloured Plates, 10s. 6d.

L. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

On the 1st of every Month, price One Shilling and Threepence. |

JOURNAL OF BOTANY,

BRITISH AND FOREIGN. Eprrep sy JAMES BRITTEN, F.LS.

Contains original articles by our leading British Botanists, Notices of Books,

Proceedings of § Societies, and Botanical News. Especial attention is now given

to British Botany. There is usually at least one plate, drawn by a well-known ©

botanical artist.

Subseription for the year 1891, payable i in sdriicn TwELve SHILLINGS, post

free, Terms for Advertisements may be had on application to the Publishers,

= London: West, NEWEAy,. & Co., 54, ‘Hatton Garden, EC.

(OME CURE FOR DEAFNESS.cA book by « nuted Seek

, 2 Surgeon, describing a System of ae 1ess and Noises in the Head.

a self-cure i is effected at nae

Limp

Vincertt Books, Day & Sor

M.8.del, JN Fitch hth.

i Réeve & C° London

TAB. Zl o7.

MAGNOLIA Warsont.

Native of Japan.

Nat. Ord. Macnouiacea.—Tribe MaGnoLie®.

Genus Maenouia, Linn.; (Benth. and Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. i. p. 18.)

Macnouta Watsoni ; glaberrima, foliis breviuscule petiolatis oblongis obova-

tisve subacutis v. cuspidatis undulatis basi cuneatis v. roduntatis supra

saturate viridibus luteo marginatis subtus pallidis junioribus sericeis,

nervis utrinque 10-15 arcuatis impressis costaque flavidis, floribus odoratis

foliis coetaneis 5-6 poll. diam., sepalis oblongis v. lineari-oblongis concavis

demum reflexis roseis v. pallide purpureis, petalis late obovatis concavis

obtusis patentibus albidis, staminibus numerosissimis multiseriatis

recurvis, filamentis sanguineis antberas lineares obtusas sordide carneas

zequantibus, gynostegio oblongo crasse stipitato, carpellis lanceolatis

acuminatis erectis lente recurvis, stigmatibus linearibus.

It is with considerable hesitation that I propose the

subject of this plate as a new species of Magnolia, consider-

ing how imperfectly described are the Chinese and Japanese

members of this genus. That it is not M. parviflora is

obvious, as the size of the flowers implies. Of this latter

I have seen a good dried specimen, and an excellent figure

by Keisuke Ito (‘‘ Figures and Descriptions of Plants in

the Koishikawa Botanical Gardens (Tokio)” by Keisuke

Ito, Professor of Botany in the University of Tokio, vol. i.

t. 13), and these perfectly agree with the description pub-

lished by Siebold and Zuccarini, who ascribe to it small

orbicular-obovate cuspidate- membranous deciduous leaves

with few nerves (6-8 pairs), and small flowers with long

slender pedicels. M. Watsoni is much nearer M. hypo-

leuca Sieb. and Zucc. (Keisuke Ito, t. 14) which is a

larger plant with robust branches, large oblong leaves

densely pruinose and thinly hairy beneath, and more or

less biennial in duration. I have the pleasure of naming

it after Mr. W. Watson, the Assistant-Curator of the Royal

Gardens, to whose skill and care the Borantcan Magazine

is indebted for the flowering of so many of the interesting

plants depicted in its plates.

FEBRUARY Ist, 1891.

M. Watsoni was purchased for the Royal Gardens from

the Japanese Court of the Paris Exhibition in 1889, and

flowered in the open ground at Kew in June of last year.

The flowers-had a powerful odour of Calycanthus.

Descr. A small tree, flowering and leafing at the same

time; branchlets smooth, terete, annulate. eaves four to

seven inches long by two to three and a half broad, elliptic-

or obovate-oblong or orbicular-obovate, obtuse or cuspidate,

somewhat waved, deep green above with yellow margins and

nerves, paler beneath and when young clothed with fine

silky appressed hairs, base rounded or cuneate; nerves

ten to fifteen pairs, arched, deeply impressed above; petiole

one half to one inch long. lowes solitary, terminal,

very shortly peduncled, five to six inches in diameter.

Sepals oblong or linear-oblong, subacute or obtuse, very

concave, rose-coloured or pale-purplish on the back, at

length deflexed. Petals broadly obovate, obtuse, unequal,

very concave, spreading, cream-coloured. Stamens very

numerous, in many series, recurved, forming a broad ring —

round and incumbent on the petals, about one-third of the

latter in length ; filaments blood-red, as long as the linear,

dirty reddish-yellow anthers. Pistil an oblong mass of

closely imbricating lanceolate carpels narrowed into slightly —

recurved styles, and terminating a very stout columnar

Stipes ; stigmas linear, decurrent on the inver face of the

style —J. D. H.

Figs. 1 and 2, front and back view of stamens; 3,

enlarged style of carpel :—both

7158

t Brooks Day & Son Imp

Tab. .7.1 58.

CATASETUM rimprtatom.

Native of Brazil.

Nat Ord. Orcuipea.—Tribe Vannra.

Genus Catasetum, L. C. Rich.; (Benth. et. Hook. f. Gen. Plant, vol. iii. p. 551.)

Catasetum fimbriatum ; foliis 10-12-pollicaribus lanceolatis acuminatis, racemo

pendulo multifloro, bracteis lanceolatis, pedicellis 1-1} pollicaribus,

sepalis albis roseo creberrime fasciolatis, dorsali erecto linearl acuminato

concavo, lateralibus sub labio deflexis lanceolatis acuminatis marginibus

revolutis, petalis oblanceolatis sepalis equilongis et concoloribus, labello

amplo lato flabelliformi margine anteriore recurvo pectinatim fimbriato,

disco antice in processum dentiformem producto medio concavo sac-

culum calcariforme latum conicum obtusum formante albo lateribus

prope basin utrinque rubro fasciolatis, colamna alba rubro-punctata in

rostrum acuminatum producta, cirrhis breviusculis deflexis.

C. fimbriatum, Lindl. in Past. Fl. Gard. vol. i. p. 124, eum Ic. Xyl. 84;

Walp. Ann, vol. vi. p. 569; Rolfe in Gard. Chron. 1889, ii. p. 406.

Myanthus fimbriatus, Morren in Ann. de Gand., vol, iv. (1848), p. 453, t. 232.

C. fimbriatum has been long in cultivation on the Con-—

tinent and in this country. It was exhibited (and won

a gold medal it is said) at the Brussels National Horti-

cultural Exhibition of 1848, by Madame Legrelle, who

introduced it from Brazil, and it was shortly afterwards

figured in the Annales de Gand, and in Paxton’s Maga-

zine. According to the Belgian reports it excited extra-

ordinary attention ‘‘ pendant trois jours plus de 100,000

yeux se fixérent sur cette étrange et admirable gynandre,

dont le parfum embaumait la salle.” Upon which Lindley

sententiously remarks, “In this country people would

hardly have remarked it.”

Reichenbach has described (Gard. Chron. 1881, pt. 1,

p. 498) a variety of it (var. fissum), grown by Makoy, of

Liege, as having a deeper divided lip, and toothed petals

spotted with purple on a light ground. This variety has

recently been figured in the Revue de l’Hort. Belge (vol.

xiv. 1888, p. 278), and described by Count O. de Kerchove ;

but except in the dark red brown scape and rachis of the

Fepruary Ist, 1891.

panicle there is little difference between this variety and

that here figured. Other varieties are described as having

rose-red flowers; and one, var. viridulum, Reichb. f. (in

Gard. Chron. 1887, ii. 272), as having green flowers spotted

with reddish-purple. The specimen here figured was

obtained from Messrs. F. Sander & Co., of St. Albans, in

the spring of 1889, and flowered in the Royal Gardens

in October of last year. It was received as var. platyp-

terum, Reichb. f. (in Gard. Chron. 1889, i. 168), which is

described as having a garlic green lip.

Duscr. Pseudobulbs two to three inches long, sheathed.

Leaves many, subsessile, eight to twelve inches long by

three to four broad, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, seven-

to nine-nerved. aceme pendulous, eight- to nine-fid. ;

peduncle terete, green, about as long as the inflorescence ;

flowers about an inch apart; bracts lanceolate, half an inch

long, appressed to the pedicel, which with the ovary is one

and a half inch long. Flowers two and a half inches

long from the tip of the dorsal to those of the lateral

sepals ; sepals white or pale yellowish, closely barred with

red ; dorsal erect, slightly incurved, linear-lanceolate, acu-

minate, concave, channelled down the back; lateral, de-

flexed under the lip, lanceolate, acuminate, margins broadly

revolute. Petals as long as and conniving with the

dorsal sepal, oblanceolate, acuminate, coloured like the

sepals. Lip very large, cowslip yellow, very broadly

flabellate, retuse, the margin in front deeply laciniate,

the sides towards the base revolute, and faintly barred

with red, the disk excavated and forming an obtuse conical

Sac or spur; between the mouth of the sac and retuse apex —

of the lip is a thickened triangular obtuse callus. Column

large, ending in a long beak, pale yellowish, speckled with

red; bristles slender, deflexed and incurved. Anther

large, elongate, conical; pollen-masses large, oblong ;

ee ee with inflexed margins, disc at base rounded.

Fig. 1, Column ; 2, anther ; 3, pollen :—all enlarged.

7159.

ae a

Vincent Brooks, Day & Son Imp.

JN Fitch hth

[S del,

TAR. 7109,

RHODODENDRON scasetrotium.

Native of Western China.

Nat. Ord. Ericacem.—Tribe RuoporEZx.

Genus RuopopENpRON, Linn. ; (Benth. and Hook. Ff. Gen, Pl. vol. ii. p. 599.)

Ruopopenpron scabrifolium; ramulis robustis strictis hispido-setosis, foliis

breviter petiolatis lanceolatis v. oblongo-lanceolatis utrinque acutiscoriaceis

marginibus subrecurvis supra scabrido-pubescentibus suturate viridibus

subtus dense lepidotis nervis validis arcuatis hispidulis, floribus in cymas

terminales dispositis longiuscule pedicellatis, pedicellis hispidulis basi

bracteis imbricatis scariosis oblongis velatis, calycis parvi hispidi et

lepidoti lobis parvis ovatis acutis, corolle late campanulate tubo brevi,

lobis 5 oblongis obtusis patentibus, staminibus 10 filamentis glaberrimis

corollz lobis eequilongis, ovario ovoideo tereti hispido et -lepidoto 5-

loculari, stylo gracili basi piloso, stigmate capitato crenato.

R. scabrifolium, Franchet in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, vol. xxxiii. p. 236 ; Forbes

& Hemstl. in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. vol, xxvi. p. 30.

This is one of the numerous recently discovered Rhodo-

dendrons of Western China, to which allusion was made —

when describing R. Boothii (t. 7149). It formed one of a

collection of thirty-six Chinese species (all but two of them

previously unknown) sent to Paris by the Abbé Delavay,

chiefly from the mountains of Yun-nan. They are de-

scribed by M. Franchet, in the Bulletin of the Botanical

Society of France, and all referred to one section of the

genus proposed by him under the name of Choniastron

(from ydnov, a little barrel, and dotpov, a star, in allusion

to the form of the corolla tube). This section is described

as having persistent leaves, thirteen to fourteen long ex-

serted stamens, and an infundibular corolla with a narrow

cylindric tube as long as the lobes ; some of which characters

are not conspicuous in R. scabrifolium.

L. scabrifolium was discovered at an elevation of about

eight thousand feet, on the mountains above Lankong, in

the province of Yun-nan. Seedlings of it were obtained

by Kew from the Jardin des Plantes, in the spring of

1888, which flowered in April, 1890. Along with it were

received plants of R. ciliicalyx, decorum, Delavayi, fasti-

giatum, hybridum, lacteum, and racemosum, all from the

Same source.

Fesrvary Ist, 1891.

Descr. A small rigid shrub, hispidly hairy all over,

except the bracts, corolla, stamens, and style; branches

strict terete. Leaves two and a half to three and a half

inches long, elliptic- or oblong-lanceolate, acute at both

ends, with the costa excurrent at the tip, margins ciliate

slightly recurved, scabridly hispid above, with about seven

pairs of impressed arched nerves which are very prominent

and hispid beneath, under surface pale green, covered

with minute lepidote scales ; petiole very short. Flowers in

loose terminal sub-umbellate fascicles ; pedicels one to one

and a half inch long, surrounded at the base by oblong

scarious convex sub-acute imbricating pubescent yellowish

bracts a quarter to one-third of an inch long. Calyx very

small, hispid and lepidote, five-cleft, lobes ovate, acute.

Corolla one and a half inch in diameter, white flushed with

pink, tube short, campanulate; lobes oblong, obtuse, spread-

ing, about twice as long asthe tube. Stamens ten; filaments

glabrous, slender and spreading, nearly as long as the

corolla-lobes ; anthers small. Ovary small, ovoid, five-

celled, hispid and lepidote ; style declinate, slender, hairy

towards the base; stigma rather large, depressed-capitate,

crenate. Capsule about twice the length of the calyx,

oblong, obtuse, hispid.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Apex of leaf, seen from beneath, showing the lepidote scales and ex-

current costa; 2,calyx and ovary; 3, anther; 4, ovary ; 5, transverse section

of the same; 6, calyx and very youug fruit :—all but Jig. 6 enlarged.

iy =. oA y

Mayan a

Tas. 7160.

TRICUSPIDARIA pDeEpENDENS.

Native of Chili.

Nat. Ord. Tittacza.—Tribe ELAEOCARPER.

Genus Tricusriparia, Ruiz § Pav. ; (Benth. Hook. f. & Gen PL, vol. 1. p. 240.)

Tricusprparia dependens, Ruiz §& Pav. Syst. Fl. Peruv. & Chil, 112 (1798) ; Gen.

Pl. Fl. Per. & Chil. 64, t. 36; Ic. ined. t. 403; DC. Prodr. vol. i. p. 520;

C. Gay Fl. Chil. vol. i. p. 388; Hook. Bot. Mise. vol. iii. p. 155; Miers

Contrib. vol. ii. p. 186.

T. Patagua, Miers Contrib. vol. ii. p, 182.

Tricuspis dependens, Pers. Syn. vol. ii. p. 9.

Crinodendron Patagua, Cav. Diss. vol. v. p. 300, t. 158 (1793); Hook. Bot.

Mise, vol. iii. p. 156, t. 160; Miers Contrib. vol. ii. p. 187, t. 82.

C. Hookerianum, Miers Contrib. 1. e°} p- 189, t. 83.

Patagua (Cinodendron) Mol. Chil,; Hd. Angl. vol. i. p. 146.

A small tree, attaining the height of thirty feet, appa-

rently widely spread in the Chilian valleys, from Santiago

in Lat. 84° 8. to the island of Chiloe in Lat. 44° 8S. It

was first noticed by Molina, who alludes to it im his

“Saggio sulla storia Naturale del Chili,” published in

Bologna in 1782, a work translated into German, French,

and English, and was subsequently described by Cavanilles

from a drawing given him by Molina, as Crinodendron

Patagua, a name which would be entitled to adoption

were it not that the description is so imperfect and mis-

leading that no botanist could have recognized the plant

by it. This has led to its rejection by the elder De Candolle

and most subsequent authors, for that given by Ruiz and

Payon. The late Mr. Miers, indeed, regarded Cuspidaria

and Crinodendron as distinct genera, and further attempted

to distinguish two species of Tricuspidaria, namely a 7’.

dependens, R. & P., from South Chili, and 7. Patagua,

Miers (T. dependens, Hook. Bot. Misc.; Crinodendron

Patagua, Molina and C. Gay), a native of the central pro-

vinces of Chili. The genus Crinodendron he confines to the

C. Patagua, of Hook. Bot. Misc. (not of Molina), and

names it C. Hookerianum, giving it the geographical area

of South Chili and the Island of Chiloe.

Fesrvary Ist, 1891,

C. Gay in his Flora of Chili, describes the Patagua as

inhabiting valleys of the Cordillera between Concepcion

and Santiago, at an elevation of three thousand seven hun-

dred feet, and says that the wood is very white, good, and

much used for building and joiners’ work; but that it

must not be confounded with the Patagua of Valdivia,

which is a species of Arrayan with wood of a bad quality.

Molina says the flowers are fragrant, and gives the dimen-

sions of the trunk as such that four men can scarcely

encompass it ; but this last statement Miers discredits.

A plant of Tricuspidaria dependens has long been culti-

vated in the Temperate House at Kew, and flowers in

spring. _ Its history is unknown. Mr. Watson inforns

me that the buds are very slowly developed, being formed

in September, and then being as large as peas, but not fully

developing till the following April, after which they remain

for at least a month on the tree.

Drscr. A small tree ; branchlets, petioles, peduncles and

calyx pubescent. Leaves three to five inches long, oppo-

site and alternate, shortly petioled, lanceolate, acuminate,

serrulate, nerves strong beneath. Flowers axillary, solitary,

long peduncled, pendulous ; peduncle ebracteate, two to

two and a half inches long, stout, green speckled with red.

Sepals five, pubescent, greenish-red, variously cohering and

forming an irregularly dehiscent calyx. Corolla one to one

and a quarter inch long, urceolate, blood-red, deeply ten

grooved; petals linear, very fleshy, in duplicate-valyate,

three-toothed at the tip, deeply inflexed margins and stout

mid-rib within pubescent, base bisaccate. Stamens fifteen,

inserted on a thickened hypogynous glandular disk, ten

outer situated on the glands, five inner eglandular at the

base ; filaments slender, incurved, glabrous ; anthers linear,

as long as the filaments, pubescent, obtusely four-angled.

Ovary villous, five-celled, cells many-ovuled. Style elon-

gate, subulate, stigma minute.—J. D, H.

Fig. 1, Calyx; 2, petal seen from within; 3, disk, stamen, and pistil;

4, anther; 5, disk and ovary ; 6, vertical section of ovary :—all en/arged.

™~

N.Fitch ith.

A J.

M.S

Tas. (7461.

ANGRAICUM Fraacrans.

Native of Bourbon and the Mauritius.

; Nat. Ord. OrncuipEa.—Tribe VanpEx.

Genus Ancr cum, Thouars ; (Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p. 583.)

ANGR&EcUM fragrans; caule crassitie penne olorins, foliis 3-4-pollicaribus

patenti-recurvis linearibus lineari-oblongisve, apice 2-lobis lobis rotun-

datis, pedunculis unifloris foliis brevioribus suberectis 2-3-vaginatis,

sepalis petalisque consimilibus patenti-recurvis linearibus obtusis albis,

labello nastato-lanceolato, calcare gracili decurvo sepalis piullo longiore,

columna brevi lateribus subauriculatis, polliniis apicem versus stipitis

plani oblongi indivisi sessilibus.

A. fragrans, Thouars Orchid. Iles Afric. t. 54; A. Rich. Orchid. Maur.69;

Lindl. Gen. & Sp. Orchid. p. 246.

robion fragrans, Spreng. Syst. Veg. vol. ii. p. 716.

Hranthus fragrans, Reichb, f. in Walp. Ann. vol. vi. p. 899; S. Moore in

Baker Fl. Maurit. p. 350.

The interest attached to this little orchid is due to the

persistent Vanilla-like odour of the leaves when dry, which

has led to its use as a tea in Bourbon, the Mauritius,

and even to some extent in France. According to a

notice in the Gardener’s Chronicle (1850, p. 599) of an

article on this plant by a M. Gobley, communicated to

the Chemical Gazette, it is considered a digestive, and

even recommended in diseases of the respiratory organs.

The popular name is variously spelled Fahame, Faham,

Fahan, Fahon, Fahum, and Faam, of the origin of which

I have no information. It is a native of both Bourbon

and the Mauritius, from which last-named island plants

were received in 1887 at Kew, from Mr. Horne, F.L.S.,

Director of the Botanical Gardens, Pamplemousses, which

flowered in January of last year, and were very sweet

scented.

With regard to the genus H#ranthus to which A. frag-

rans is referred by Reichenbach and in the Flora of Mauri-

tius, it is to be observed that it was founded by Lindley

as Afranthes (altered to Afranthus in Veg. Kingd.), for the

Dendrobium Arachnites of Thouars (Orch. Afr. t. 88), and

another species, A. grandiflora (Bot. Reg. t. 817; Bot.

Fesrvary lst, 1891.

Mag. t. 6034, misspelt Acranthus), to which he incautiously _

added as a third a true Angrecum, the A. sesquipedale,

Thouars. Of these the two first differ notably from

Angrecum in habit and form of flower, in the elongate

foot of the column, and the singular spur, and as Bentham

remarks (Gen. Plant. iii. 576), they are more allied to

“rides than to Angrecum. Reichenbach, on the other

hand, has without comment (Walp. Ann. vol. vi. 899)

introduced a crowd of genuine Angreca, including fragrans,

together with species of other very different genera, into

MAfranthus, Reichb. f., but omitting both Lindley’s species,

though at the same time citing Mranthus, Lindl., as a

synonym of his Aranthus.

Duscr. Stem six to ten inches long or more, about as

thick as a goose-quill, scandent. Leaves few, towards

the top of the stem, three to four inches long, by half to

three-quarters of an inch broad, spreading and recurved,

lorate, deeply two-lobed at the tip, lobes rounded, deeply

channelled down the centre, margins recurved. Flowers

solitary, axillary or supra-axillary ; peduncle ascending

or erect, with the ovary two to two and a half inches

long, rather stout, sheaths and sheathing bract appressed.

Flowers two inches in diameter across the sepals, pure

white, fragrant; sepals and petals linear, spreading and

recurved, obtuse. Lip about as long as the sepals, hastately

lanceolate, acute, grooved down the centre; spur slender,

rather longer than the sepals, green. Column very short,

sides subauricled; anther hemispheric, ridged ‘on the

crown; pollinia attached one on each side of the acute

apex of an oblong entire strap.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Flower with the sepals and petals removed; 2, column; 3, anther;

4 and 6, pollinia :—all enlarged,

In 46 vols., royal 8v0, with 3300 hand-coloured Plates, £96 12s.

THE

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE.

THIRD SERIES.

Figures and Descriptions of Hew and Rare Plants,

SUITABLE FOR THE GARDEN, STOVE, OR CONSERVATORY,

Sin J. D. HOOKER, M.D., C.5., E.0.5.1,, F.R.5.,

fe es

Monthly, with Six Coloured Plates, 3s. 6d. Annual Subseription, 42s.

Payable in Advance.

NOTICE OF RE-ISSUE.

Some portions of the above work being out of print, and complete sets

very difficult to obtain, the Publishers have determined to reprint so

much as will enable them to complete a few copies as they may be

subscribed for; and to meet the convenience of Subscribers, to whom

the outlay at one time of so large a sum as a complete set now costs

is an impediment to its purchase, they will commence a re-issue in

Monthly Volumes, thus spreading the cost over a period of three years.

The price of the volumes will be 42s, each as heretofore, but to Sub-

scribers for the entire series, of which Forty-six Volumes are now com-

pleted, 36s. each, or a complete set of the 46 vols. will be supplied for

£77 cash. Subscribers may commence at any time.

The BorantcaL MaGazine, commenced in 1787, and continued

with uninterrupted regularity to the present time, forms the most

extensive and authentic repertory of Plant History and Portraiture

extant. The Tnrrp Series, by far the most valuable, comprising all

the important additions of the last forty-six years, contains over 3000

Coloured Plates, with Descriptions, structural and historical, by Sir

William and Sir Joseph Hooker.

LONDON :

L, REEVE & C0., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

FORM FOR SUBSCRIBERS TO THE RE-ISSUE.

To Messrs. L. Reeve & Co., Publishers,

5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Please send to the undersigned the BoTANICAL MaGazine, Tarrp SERIES,

tn Monthly Volumes, at 36s. per Volume, or the 46 vols. for £77.*

Name

ADDRESS

Datz

CoNnVEYANCE

* Subscribers will be good enough to indicate in which mode they desire

to receive the work, by striking out the words indicating the other mode.

FORM FOR SUBSCRIBERS TO THE CURRENT ISSUE.

To Messrs. L. REEVE & Co.,

5, Henrietta Street, Covent GARDEN. ~

Please send the BOTANICAL MAGAZINE monthly, as published.

NAME: Z

ADDRESS

Date

”

BRITISH, COLONIAL, AND FOREIGN

: FLORAS.

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Description of the

Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British

Isles. For the use of Beginners and Amateurs. By Grorce BentHam,

F.R.S. 65th Edition, revised by Sir J.D. Hooker. Crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Series of Wood

Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants, fons Drawings by W. H.

Fircn, F.L.S., and W. G. Sarra, F.L.S. , forming an Illustrated Companion

to Bentham’ 8 ‘* Handbook,” and other British Floras. 1311 Wood En-

gravings. 2nd Edition, revised and enlarged, crown 8vo, 10s. 6d,

OUTLINES of ELEMENTARY BOTANY, as Introductory to

Local Floras. By Grorer BentHam, F.R.S., President of the Linnwan

Society. New Edition, 1s. ;

FLORA of HAMPSHIRE, including the Isle of Wight, with

localities of the less common species. By F. Townsenp, M.A., F.L.S.

With Coloured Map and two Plates, 16s.

HANDBOOK of BRITISH MOSSES, containing all that are

known to be natives of the British feles, By the Rev. M. J. BerKeLey,

M.A., F.L.S. 24 Coloured Plates, 21s.

SYNOPSIS of BRITISH MOSSES, containing Descriptions of

all the Genera and Species (with localities of the rarer ones) found in Great

Britain and Ireland. By Cuartes P. awe F.L.S., &c., &c. New

Edition, entirely revised. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.

TH E BRITISH MOSS-FLORA. Monographs of the Families of

’ British Mosses, illustrated by Plates of all the species, with Microscopical

details of their structure. By R. BrairHwaite, M.D., F.L.S. Vol. 1.,

with 45 Plates, 50s. Part XI., 8s. Part XII.,7s. Part XIIT.,6s.

FLORA of BRITISH INDIA. By Sir J. D. Hooxer, F.R.S.,

and others. Parts I. to XIII., 10s. 6d. each Parts XIV., XV., and XVI.,

9s. each. Vols. I. to IV., 32s. each. Vol. V. » 38s.

FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS: a Description of the Plants of the

Australian Territory. By G. Benrnam, F.R.S., F.L.S., assisted by F.

Muetuer, F.R.S. Vols. I. to VI., 20s. each. Vol. VII., 24s. Published

under the auspices of the several Governments of Anstralin.

_ FLORA of MAURITIUS and the SEYCHELLES: a Deserip-

_ tion of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of those Islands. By J. G. Baker,

F.L.S. Complete in 1 vol., 24s. Published under the authority of the

Colonial Government of Mauritins.

FLORA CAPENSIS: a Systematic Description of the Plants of

the Cape Colony, Caffraria, and Port Natal. By Winrtam H. Harvey, MD.,

F.R.S., and Orro Wirnerm Sonper, Ph.D. Vols. I. and II., each 12s.

Vol. IIt., 18s,

FLORA of TROPICAL AFRICA. By Dantzt. Orrver, F.R.S.,

F.L.S. Vols. I.to IIl., each 20s. Published under the anthority of the

First Commissioner of Her Maiesty’s Works.

HANDBOOK of the NEW ZEALAND FLORA: a Systematic

Description of the Native Plants of New Zealand, and the Chatham,

Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s, Campbell’s, and Macquarrie’ s Islands. By

Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. Published under the auspices of the Government

of that Colony. Complete, 42s.

FLORA of the BRITISH WEST INDIAN ISLANDS. By

- Grisepacn, F.L.S. 42s. Published under the auspices of the Secro-

ary of State for the Colonies.

FLORA HONGKONGENSIS: a Description of the Flowering

Plants and Ferns of the Island of Hongkong. By Grorcr BENrHaM,

F.L.S. With a Map of the Island and Supplement by Dr. Hance, 18s.

Published under the authority of Her Majesty’s Secretary of State for the

Colonies. The Supplement, separately, 2s. 6d.

ON the FLORA of AUSTRALIA ; its Origin, Affinities, and

‘Distribution. By Sir J. D. Hooxer, F. R. S. 10s.

CONTRIBUTIONS to THE FLORA of MENTONE, and

to a Winter Flora of the Riviera, including the coast from Marseilles to —

Genoa.

By J. TRAnERNE uoneeceuniy ei 8vo. ae in 1 ae

| Plates, 63s. .

we |

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE.

CONTENTS OF No. 554, FEBRUARY, 1891.

Tas. 7157.—MAGNOLIA WATSONI.

» 7158,—CATASETUM FIMBRIATUM.

» 7159—RHODODENDROM SCABRIFOLIUM.

» 7160.—TRICUSPIDARIA DEPENDENS. 2

» 7161—ANGRACUM FRAGRANS. i;

cy, ;

L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, Part V., with 8 Coloured Plates, 15s,

LEPIDOPTERA INDICA,

By F. MOORE, F.Z.S.

Prospectus, with First List of Subscribers, can be had on application to the Publishers.

L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, New Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooxrnr, 10s. 6d.

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA:

A Description of the Flowering Plants and Ferns Indigenous

to or Naturalized in the British Isles.

Br GEORGE BENTHAM, F.RS.

5th Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooxsr, C.B., K.C.S.1., F.B.S., &. ”

Now ready. 2nd Edition, with 1811 Wood Engravings, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE BRITISH FLORA:

A Series of Wood Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants.

Drawn By W. H. FITCH, F.L.S., ann W. G. SMITH, F.LS.

Forming an Illustrated Companion to Bentham’s “ Handbook,” and other British Floras.

Now Reapy, price 3s. plain, 5s. coloured, Part XLV. of the Large paper,

Illustrated Edition of the

COLEOPTERA oF THE BRITISH ISLANDS.

BY THE

REV. CANON FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.,

Also Vol. I. of the Small Paper Edition, containing the Adephaga (Cicindelide,

Carabidz, and Dytiscids), the Hydrophilidz, an Introduction, twostructural

Plates, and Woodeuts, Price 14s., cloth. Vol. IL, Staphylinide. 18s.

Vol. IIL., 16s. Vol. IV., 16s.

Fol. I., Large Paper Edition, with 2 Structural and 36 Coloured Plates, price 48s.

Vol. II., with 34 Coloured Plates, 58s. Vol. IIT, with 28 Coloured Plates, 488.

Vol. IV., with 44 Coloured Plates, 68s. ee

LL. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden,

| PRINTED BY GILBERT aND RIVINGTON, LD., ST. JOHN'S HOUSE, CLEBKENWELL, BC.

Third Series,

No. 555.

VOL. XLVII.—MARCH, Price 3s. 6d. coloured, 2s. 6d. plain.

or No. 1249 OF THE ENTIRE WORK.

CURTIS'S

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE,

COMPRISING

THE PLANTS OF THE ROYAL GARDENS OF KEW,

-* AND OF OTHER BOTANICAL ESTABLISHMENTS IN GREAT BRITAIN, WITH

SUITABLE DESCRIPTIONS;

Sm JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER, M.D., K.C.S.1, C.B., F.R.S., ELS,

Late Director of the Ropal Botanic Gardens of Kew.

SPRAP PAPAL AAALLAL PLL I

Nature and Art to adorn the page combine,

And flowers exotic grace our northern clime.

Pd et PE Ent ENE ENL LSE NESE SIN

LONDON:

L. REEVE anp CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

er ee, AN |

ROYAL BOTANIC SOCIETY, 1891.

SPRING EXHIBITIONS, Wednesdays, March 18, April 22.

SUMMER EXHIBITIONS, Wednesdays, May 13, June 17.

EVENING FETE, Wednesday, July 8. 8 to 12 p.m.

PROMENADES, Wednesdays in May, June, and July, commencing

May 6; Exhibition and Féte Days excepted.

THE NATURAL HISTORY OF PLANTS. By H. Baitton, President of

the Linnzan Society of Paris, Professor of Medical Natural History and Director of the

Botanical Garden of the Faculty of Medicine of Paris. Super-royal 8yo, Vols. I. to

VIII., with 3545 Wood Engravings, 25s. each.

L. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

L. Reeve & Co.'s Cr. vo Series of Natural History.

New Edition. Now Ready.

BRITISH BEETLES; an Introduction to the Study of our indigenous

CoLropTera. By E.C. Rye. Revised by the Rev. Canon Fowner. 16 Coloured

Plates, and Woodcuts, 10s. 6d,

British Zoophytes, including the

Hydroida, Actinozoa, and Polyzoa

found in Great Britain, Ireland, and

the Channel Islands. By ArTaur S.

PEennineTon,F.L.S. 24 Plates. 10s.6d.

British Insects ; a Familiar Descrip-

tion of the Form, Structure, Habits,

and Transformation of Insects. By

E. F. StayetEey. 16 Coloured Plates,

and numerous Woodcuts, 14s.

British Butterflies and Moths; an

Introduction to the Study of our Native

LEPIDOPTERA. By H. T. Stainton.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

10s. 6d.

British Bees ; an Introduction to the

Study of the Natural History and

Economy of the Bees indigenous to the

British Isles. By W. E, Saucxarp,

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

10s, 6d,

British Spiders; an Introduction to

Second Edition, Rewritten and much Enlarged.

The Edible Mollusca of Great Britain

and Ireland, including the Oyster, Mus-

sel, Cockle, Scallop, Limpet, Whelk,

Periwinkle, and many others less com-

monly known, with Recipes for Cooking

them. By M.S. Lovern, 12 Coloured

Plates, 10s. 6d,

Revised Edition, entirely rearranged.

Synopsis of British Mosses, contain-

ing Descriptions of all the Genera and

Species found in Great Britain and

Ireland, with localities of the rarer ones.

By C, P. Hopxrrex, F.L.S. 7s. 6d.

British Grasses; an Introduction to

the Study of the Grasses found in the

British Isles. By M. Prvugs. 16

Coloured Plates,and Woodcuts, 10s. 6d.

British Ferns. With Chapters on the

Structure, Propagation, Cultivation,

Diseases, Uses, Preservation, and Dis-

tribution of Ferns. By M. Prves.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

the Study of the ARANEID# found in

Great Britain and Ireland. By E. F, om

STAVELEY. 16 Coloured Plates, and British Seaweeds. By S. O. Gray.

Woodcuts, 10s. 6d. 16 Coloured Plates, 10s. 642.

L. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

10s. 6d,

On the Ist of every Month, price One Shilling and Threepence.

JOURNAL OF BOTANY,

BRITISH AND FOREIGN. Eprrep zy JAMES BRITTEN, F.L.S.

Contains original articles by our leading British Botanists, Notices of Books,

Proe eedings of Societies, and Botanical News. Especial attention is now given —

to British Botany. There is usually at least one plate, drawn by a well-known

botanical artist.

Subscription for the year 1891, payable in advance, TWELVE SuItiNes, post

free. Terms for Advertisements may be had on application to the Publishers,

Try the Syutom by a) meena;

Tas; 7162.3:

ENCEPHALARTOS Atrensrernit.

Native of South Africa.

Nat. Ord. Crcapem.—Tribe ENcEPHALARTER.

Genus Encernatartos, Lehm.; (Benth. et Hook. S. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p. 445.)

ENCEPHELARTOS Altensteinii; tranco robusto apice plus minus villoso,

foliis numerosissimis breviter petiolatis, petiolo subcylindraceo demum

glabrato, rachi dorso rotundato, facie bicanaliculato, foliolis numerosissi-

mis sessilibus lineari-oblongis pungentibus inermibus v. utrinque pauci-

spinulosis lete viridibus, strobilo masculo elongato-ovoideo v. subclavato,

_ Squamis inferioribus et intermediis in conum crassum truncatum tetra-

gonum productis, superioribus longioribus elongatis, strobilo foamineo

maximo subsessili ovoideo, sSquamis in conum crassum quadratum trunca-

tum apice villosum rugesum productis, seminibus oblongis trigonis angulo

interiore acuto lateralibus rotundatis.

E. Altensteinii, Lehm. Pugill. vi. p. 11, f. 4,5 (1834) ; Otto. et Dietr. Aligem.

Gartenzeit. 1834, pp. 85, 86, 88, tt. 4, 5; Miquel Monogr. Cycad. p. 51, e¢

in Linnea, vol. xix. p. 420, t. 5; et Prodr. Cycad. p. 10, 22; De Vriese,

Descr. et Fig. des Plantes Nouv. du Jardin de Leyden, 1807, t. 1, 2, 3;

Oudeman. Medd. Enceph. Alt. 1863, p. 1; Alph, DU. Prodr. vol. xvi. pt. ii.

p. 5382; Masters in Gard. Chron. 1876, pt. ii. p. 3892, figs. 80, 81, 82, and

1887, pt. ii. p. 281, fig. 66.

E. Marumii, De Vriese in Tijdschr. Nat. Gesch. vol. v. p- 188.

The cone of Hncephalartos Altensteinii here figured was

the second sent to the Royal Gardens of Kew, by W. H.

Tillett, Esq., of Sprowston, Norwich. The first, which

arrived about thirteen years ago, had been left too long on

the plant and hence was received in too dilapidated a state

for drawing. The second (none having been formed in the

interval) was received in February of last year in excellent

condition. In each case the cone was about eighteen

inches long by thirty in circumference, and was preceded

by a tier of leaves formed in the previous year. It was

accompanied by a photograph of the plant, which is repro-

duced on Plate 7163. Judging from the photograph, Mr.

Tillett’s plant precisely accords, except in size, with the

Specimens growing at Kew, the largest of which is nearly

six feet in height with a diameter of trunk about ten inches.

Marcu Ist, 1891.

The first description of the female cone of this noble

Cycad in England was published by Dr. Masters in the

‘*Gardener’s Chronicle” for 1876, with excellent figures

of the whole plant (male and female), its cones of both

sexes, and leaves, from specimens that flowered in Mr. Bull’s

nursery. Except in its smaller size (twelve inches long

by five and a half inches diameter, those of the cone here

figured being eighteen inches long and ten inches diameter),

and in the crowns of the scales being smooth and

glabrous, and not at all tubercled, there is no appreciable

difference between Mr. Bull’s cone and Mr. Tillett’s; and

as the female cones were unknown when the species was

first described, it is impossible to say which best accords

with that of the type of the species. :

An ample collection of available materials for a

knowledge of LEncephalarti has been collected by Mr.

Thiselton Dyer, and is deposited at Kew. This reper-

torium includes a photograph of a female cone referred

to H. Altensteinui, seventeen inches high and thirteen

inches diameter, of an exactly oblong form, that was

produced in the Botanic Garden of Grahamstown ; in it

the tips of scales are rugosely tubercled all over, and

the truncate area is much less distinctly defined. There

are also photographs of specimens with three cones from

Sir Thomas Shepstone’s garden at Natal; these photo-

graphs were numbered 43 and 73 in the Catalogue of

Photographs in the Natal Department of the Colonial

Exhibition of 1886, and are accompanied by notes from

Mr. G.'T. Ferneyhaugh, to the effect that one of the plants

is supposed to be two hundred years old, and had produced

cones for the first time (presumably after its being planted

in Sir T. Shepstone’s garden); and that the cones some-

times weigh thirty to forty pounds, and that the seeds of

ie nee are valued for snuff-boxes by the natives of

atal.

Another very complete description, with illustrations, of

H. Aliensteinii is that of De Vriese in his “ Description of

new and rare plants that flowered in the Botanic Garden of

Leyden.” The figure which he gives of the female cone and

its scales precisely accords with Mr. Tillett’s plant in the

tubercles and their woolly apices. De Vriese states that

the species was named after a German Maecenas of Science,

‘““M. le Comte d’Altenstein, Chancellor et Ministre d’Etat

de 8. M. le Roi de Prusse.”

With regard to the geographical distribution of the

South African Encephalarti, there is little information to

be had. I find, however, in the Kew collection above

alluded to, the notice of a meeting of the Phytologists

Club (see Phytologist, 1852, p. 613) at which extracts

were read from a letter from Charles Zeyher, dated Cape-

town, April, 1852, to the effect that “ #. Altensteinii ig

found in woods on the Boschman’s River, not far from the

virgin forests of Olifant’s Hoek, where also H, tridentatus is

found, but sparingly;” that is in the district of Albany,

and not far from the sea-coast. Nor are there available

authentic accounts of the height to which the species

attain. In cultivation H. Altensteinii attains nearly six feet

at Kew and elsewhere, with a diameter of ten inches to a

foot, and the leaves are five feet in length; but that some

species attain a very much greater height would appear

from a letter addressed to me by the late Mr. Charles

Meller, when in charge of the Botanical Gardens in

Mauritius. Mr. Meller had returned from a visit to Natal,

where he had been informed by Mr, Sanderson of a huge

Encephalartos, which the latter gentleman had met with in

a secluded valley of Natal, about thirty miles from the sea,

the trunk of which measured sixteen feet before branching,

and twenty-five to the crown, which was formed of five

branches. It is probably EH. Altensteinii.—J. D. H.

Tab. 7162, Cone and leaves of Mr. Tillett’s plant, the cone reduced to one

half of the natural size, the leaves of the natural size, as are fig. 1, the crowns

_ of the scales; 2, upper and under surface of scales removed with the seeds,

and f. 4, vertical section of seed.

Tab. 7163, Reduced sketch of Mr. Tillett’s plants, from a photograph ; and

leaflets of the natural size from the Kew plant.

‘Vincent. BrooksDav& Sonimp.

ma hth =,

del, JIN Fi

Tas. 7164,

MASDEVALLIA macrura.

Native of the Andes of New Granada.

Nat. Ord. Orcuipra.—Tribe EpripENDREZ.

Genus MaspEvatia, Ruiz. & Pav.; (Benth. & Hook. J. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p. 492.)

_ Maspevattia (Coriacese) macrura; dense cespitosa, foliis obovato-spathu-

latis obtusis in petiolum validum angustatis, pedunculis erectis validis

foliis zequilongis unifloris, flore ad apicem pedunculi sessili amplo, bractea

concava, perianthii carnosi tubo brevi campanulato, extus purpureo intus

roseo rubro punctato, sepis e basi triangulari-ovata alte 7-carinata in

caudas longissimas flavidas angustatis, carinis verrucosis, petalis carnosis

oblanceolato-oblongis subacutis dorso carinatis, labello lineari-oblongo basi

cordato, apice carnoso recurvo papilloso, columna apice membranacea

cucullata.

M. macrura, Reichb. f. in Gard. Chron. 1874, pt. i. p. 240, and 1877, pt. i.

p. 12, f. 2; in Linnea, vol. xli. (1877), p11:

A discovery of the late Mr. Benedict Roezl in New

Grenada, possessing as its describer (Professor Reichenbach)

Says, some considerable ornamental merits. This was in

(1874; in 1877 a much fuller account of it (with a good

figure) was given in the “Gardener’s Chronicle,” where

it is stated that the tails of the sepals vary greatly in

length, from a little over four to six inches, in eighteen

specimens examined. Its most remarkable character is

the presence of prominent nerves covered with numerous

dark purple warts in the interior of the perianth.

The plant figured was obtained from Mr. W. Lee, Down-

side, Leatherhead, in 1887, and flowered at Kew in

January, 1890.

Descr. Stems short, densely tufted, sheathed, bearing a

solitary leaf and scape. Leaves with the stout petiole six

to ten inches long, spathulately oblanceolate, two to three

inches broad, very coriaceous, keeled dorsally, tip rounded

entire or notched ; petiole half as long as the blade or shorter,

keeled at the back; basal sheaths several, large, obliquely

obtusely truncate. Peduncle shorter than the leaf, stout,

erect, one-fid., green, slightly curved. Flower large, eight

Marcu Isr, 1891,

inches long from the tip of the erect dorsal sepal to those

of the deflexed lateral sepals, sessile on the top of the

peduncle ; bracts cucullate, truncate, green, sheathing the

short ovary and the base of the perianth. Sepals coriaceous

connate below in a short, broadly campanulate tube,

which is bright red purple externally ; segments broadly

triangular-ovate, two-thirds of an inch wide at the base,

dull red within with dark purple spots, narrowed into long

slender yellow cylindric tails, the dorsal erect, the lateral

pendulous, strongly seven-ribbed without and within, the

ribs smooth without, warted within. Lip linear-oblong,

base cordate, tip fleshy, obtuse, recurved, papillose. Petals

oblanceolate, truncate.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Petals, lip, and column iz situ ; 2, column; 3,anther; 4, pollinia :—

all enlarged.

Vincem Brooks Day & Son,imy

tch, ith.

= gt &

MS.del, JN:

Tas. 7165.

MASDEVALLIA puncrata.

Native of the Andes of New Granada ?

Nat. Ord. OrncHipE%.—Tribe EPIDENDREZX.

Genus Masprvauua, Ruiz § Pav.; (Benth, et Hook. f. & Gen PL, vol. iii.

p. 492.)

MaAsDEVALLIA punctata ; dense cespitosa, foliis petiolatis elliptico-lanceolatis

acuminatis, pedunculis subeqailongis gracillimis pendulis 1-plurifloris

pluri-vaginatis, perianthio incurvo latiore quam longo luride flavido cre-

berrime sanguineo punctato, sepalo dorsali amplo ovato incurvo in

caudam rigidam angustato dorso crasse 3-costato, sepalis lateralibus

divaricatis et incurvis falcato-ovato-lanceolatis obtusis, basi gibbis apice

seta mucronatis, petalis dolabriformibus acutis, labello lineari recurvo.

M. punctata, Rolfe in Gard, Chron. 1888, pt. ii. p. 323.

Mr. Rolfe, the founder of this pretty little species,

describes it as belonging to a small group of the genus in

which the lip is superior in relation to the axis of the

inflorescence, and as most nearly allied to M. swertiafolia,

Reichb. f. (Gard. Chron., 1880, ii. 390). From the last-

named plant it differs in the much larger flower and the

- elongate falcately decurved lateral sepals, which give the

very broad flower somewhat the appearance of a bison’s

head. M. swertiefolia is further described as having soft

leaves, sepals with slender recurved tails, and a sagittate lip

serrulate in front. The plant was procured from Messrs.

Backhouse and Sons of York, in 1888, and flowered at Kew

in the same year. Its precise native country is unknown,

but is presumably the Andes of New Granada.

Descr. Densely tufted. Leaves three to five inches long,

by three-fourths to one inch broad, elliptic-lanceolate, sub-

acute, narrowed below into a petiole one-third to half inch

long, which is embraced at the base by a single tubular

brownish sheath, very coriaceous, bright green. Peduncles

about as long as the leaves, very slender, pendulous,

purplish, one to three or four flowered, the flowers appear-

ing one at a time; sheaths three to four, about one-sixth of

an inch long, acute. F'lowe7's ascending, strongly incurved ;

about a third of an inch across the lateral sepals; bracts

Marcu lst, 1891.

very small; ovary short, red; perianth with a hemispheric

base, dull yellowish, thickly speckled with crimson. Dorsal

sepal very broadly ovate, concave, narrowed into a long

stiff incurved tail, thickly five-ribbed on the back. Lateral

' sepals spreading horizontally, falcately incurved, ovate-

lanceolate from a gibbous base, and with a filiform ex-

current process within the tip. Petals hatchet-shaped ;

that is subdimidiate-ovate in form, narrowed at the base,

acute. Lip linear-oblong, recurved, yellow upwards.

Column three-toothed.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Flower ; 2, the same with the sepals narrowed; 3, column; 4 and 5»

anther :—all enlarged.

7166.

ial

SES

carer ae ist tae al

b 7, amma

ath.

MS.del, IN-Fitch

Vincent BrooksDay & Sonim.

Ce a

Tas. 7166.

CLEMATIS Srantevt.

Native of the Transvaal.

Nat Ord. Ranuncutace%.—Tribe CLEMATIDER.

Genus Crematis, Linn.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. i. p. 3.)

Crematis Srantey1; erecta, robusta, molliter albo-villosa, foliis ternatisectis,

foliolis laxis densisve cuneato-obovatis v. -linearibus obtusis v. acutis,

floribus solitariis longe et crasse pedunculatis amplis nutantibus, sepalis

4 ovato-rotundatis subacutis valide costatis marginibus undulatis intus

et extus sericeo-villosis albis v. pallide purpureis, staminibus numero-

sissimis, filamentis sericeis antheras lineares longioribus, ovariis stylis

que sericeo-plumosis. |

C. Stanleyi, Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 589; Harv. & Sond. Fl. Cap. vol. i. p. 3;

re in Gard. Chron. 1890; pt. ii. p. 826; Garden § Forest, vol, iii.

p. 613.

Few genera of plants present such remarkable divergences

in habit and flowers as Clematis, and the subject of the

present plate shows, perhaps, in this respect the greatest

departure from the prevalent characters of its congeners.

In fact it more resembles an Anemone in foliage and flower,

though no species of that genus has so shrubby a habit ;

and the North American A. patens is its nearest counter-

part in general appearance. Mr. Watson, indeed, informs

me that as grown at Kew the leaves are sometimes alter-

nate, a singular fact, which if confirmed, would leave

nothing whereby to distinguish the two genera from one

another but the valvate petals of Clematis, these being

imbricate in Anemone. ,

C. Stanley, whilst always retaining its erect robust habit,

is a very variable plant as to foliage, whether in its native

state or in cultivation. ‘The leaves are sometimes only a

few inches long, crowded and with closely packed sessile

leaflets not a fourth of an inch long; in others the leaves

are four to six inches long, with linear segments; in the

cultivated form here figured the lower leaves are a span

long and upwards; deltoid, with petiolulate segments an

inch to an inch and a half long. The peduncles of the

Marcu Ist, 1891.

flower are always erect with the flowers drooping, they

vary from two to three inches long in dwarf compact leaved

native specimens, to eight and ten inches in the cultivated,

and the flowers vary from one to nearly three inches in

diameter, and in colour from white to pink-purple. The

sepals expand widely before falling off.

According to the “Flora Capensis” (. Stanleyi was

discovered by Miss Owen, in Zululand, in 1840. It was

refound in about 1842 by Mr. Burke, a collector sent out

to South Africa under the joint auspices of the Royal

Gardens of Kew and the Lord Derby (grandfather of the

present Earl), whose gardens and menagerie at Knowsley

were famous nearly half a century ago, but of which the

menagerie was broken up at his death, and the gardens

were no longer kept up on a botanical footing. Mr. Burke

found the plant at Macalisberg, in about the centre of

what is now the Transvaal, and it has been collected in

the same region and in Natal by the late Mr. Sanderson,

by Mr. Nelson, and Dr. A. Rehmann.

The specimen here figured was raised from geed gent to

Kew by Mr. E. E. Galpin, of Barbertown in the Transvaal.

Plants of it flowered freely in the summer both in an open

sunny border and in the greenhouse at Kew, and ripened

seed. ‘The roots, Mr. Watson informs me, are fleshy like

those of CO. vitalba.—J. D. H. |

Fig. 1 and 2, stamens; 3, carpel :—both enlarged,

BRITISH, COLONIAL, AND FOREIG

FLORAS. :

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA; a Description of the

Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British

Isles. For the use of Beginners and Amateurs. By Grorce Benruam,

F.R.S. 5th Edition, revised by Sir J.D. Hooker. Crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Series of Wood

Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants, from Drawings by W. H.

Fircn, F.L.S., and W. G. Smirn, F.L.S., forming an Illustrated Companion

to Bentham’s ‘‘ Handbook,” and other British Floras. 1311 Wood En-

gravings. 2nd Edition, revised and enlarged, crown 8vo, 10s. 6d,

‘OUTLINES of ELEMENTARY BOTANY, as Introductory to

Local Floras. By Grorcr BentHam, F.R.S., President of the Linnean

Society. New Edition, 1s, :

FLORA of HAMPSHIRE, including the Isle of Wight, with

localities of the less common species, By F. Townsenp, M.A., F.L.S.

With Coloured Map and two Plates, 16s.

HANDBOOK of BRITISH MOSSES, containing all-that are

known to be natives of the British Isles. By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY,

Cee M.A., F.L.S, 24 Coloured Plates, 21s, oe ee res

_ SYNOPSIS of BRITISH MOSSES, containing Descriptions of

all the Genera and Species (with localities of the rarer ones) found in Great

Britain and Ireland. By Caarctes P. Hosxrex, F.L.S., &., &e. New

Edition, entirely revised. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d. :

THE BRITISH MOSS-FLORA. Monographs of the Families of

British Mosses, illustrated by Plates of all the species, with Microscopical

details of their structure. By R. Brarrawarrs, M.D., F.L.S. Vol. L,

with 45 Plates, 50s. Part XI., 8s. Part XIL., 7s. Part XIII., 6s.

FLORA of BRITISH INDIA. By Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S.,

and others. Parts I. to XIII., 10s. 6d. each Parts XIV., XV., and XVL,

9s.each. Vols. I. to IV., 32s. each. Vol. V., 38s.

FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS: a Description of the Plants of the

Australian Territory. By G. BrentHa, F.R.S., F.L.S., assisted by F.

See _ Mvuetrer, F.R.S. Vols. I. to VI., 20s. each. Vol. VIL, 24s. Published

under the auspices of the several Governments of Australia.

_ FLORA of MAURITIUS and the SEYCHELLES: a Descrip-

tion of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of those Islands. By J. G. Baker,

F.L.8. Complete in 1 vol., 24s. Published under the authority of the

Colonial Government of Mauritius. fae

FLORA CAPENSIS: a Systematic Description of the Plants of

the Cape Colony, Caffraria, and Port Natal. By Wiritam H. Harvey, M.D.,

F.R.S., and Orro WinnELM Sonper, Ph.D. Vols. I. and IL, each 12s,

Vol. IIT, 18s,

FLORA of TROPICAL AFRICA. By Danter Ontvrr, jhe

F.L.8. Vols. I.to II1., each 20s. Published under the authority of the

First Commissioner of Her Maiesty’s Works.

HANDBOOK of the NEW ZEALAND FLORA: a Systematic

Description of the Native Plants of New Zealand, and the Chatham,

Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s, Campbell’s, and Macquarrie’s Islands, By

Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. Published under the auspices of the Government

of that Colony. Complete, 42s.

FLORA of the BRITISH WEST INDIAN. ISLANDS. By

Dr. Grisepacn, F.L.S. 42s. Published under the auspices of the Secre.

tary of State for the Colonies. noe

FLORA HONGKONGENSIS: a Description of the Flowering

Plants and Ferns of the Island of Hongkong. By Groner BENTHAM,

- F.L.S. With a Map of the Island and Supplement by Dr. Hance, 18s.

Published under the authority of Her Majesty’s Secretary of State for the

x Colonies. The Supplement, separstely, 2s.6d. : oe

ON the FLORA of AUSTRALIA; its Origin, Affinities, and

_____ Distribution. By Sir J. D. Hooxer, F.R.S. 10s.

CONTRIBUTIONS to THE FLORA of MENTON E, and

to a Winter Flora of the Riviera, including the coast from Marseilles to

— J. Tranerne Moceripce. Royal 8vo. Complete in 1 vol.

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE.

CONTENTS OF No, 555, MARCH, 1891.

Tas. 7162-3—ENCEPHALASTOS ALTEN STEINITI.

» %164—MASDEVALLIA MACRURA.

» %165—MASDEVALLIA PUNCTATA.

» %166.—CLEMATIS STANLEYI.

L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

a rer a es as

Now ready, Part V., with 8 Coloured Plates, 15s,

LEPIpD OPTEHERA INDICA,

By F, MOORE, F.Z.S.

Prospectus, with First List of Subscribers, can be had on application to the Publishers.

L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, New Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooker, 10s. 6d,

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA:

A Description of the Flowering Plants and ‘Ferns Indigenous

to or Naturaliged in the British /sles.

Br GEORGE BENTHAM, FRS.

5th Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooker, C.B., K.C.S.I., F.R.S., &e.

Now ready. 2nd Edition, with 1311 Wood Engravings, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE BRITISH FLORA:

4 Series of Wood Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants.

Drawn sy W.H. FITC H, F.L.S., any W. G. SMITH, F.L.S.

Forming an Illustrated Companion to Bentham’s « Handbook,” and other British Floras.

Now Reapy, price 3s. plain, 5s. coloured, Part XLVI, of the Large paper,

: Illustrated Edition of the

COLEOPTERA oF THE BRITISH ISLANDS.

BY THE

REV. CANON FOWLER, M.4A., F.L.S.,

Also Vol. I. of the Small Paper Edition, containing the Adephaga (Cicindelide,

Carabide, and Dytiscidz), the Hydrophilidz, an Introduction, twostructural

Plates, and Woodeuts, Price 14s., cloth. Vol. Il., Staphylinide. 18s.

Vol. TIL, 16s. Vol. IV., 16s,

Vol. I., Large Paper Edition, with 2 Structural and 36 Coloured Plates, price 483s. ae

Vol. I., with 34 Coloured Plates, 58s. Vol. IIT, with 28 Coloured Plates, 48s. :

Vol. IV., with 44 Coloured Plates, 63s. eee

| Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden. - a

= "8 HOUSE. CLEBEER WELL. 2o..

Chird Series.

aad

No. 556.

VOL. XLVII.—APRIL. Price 3s. 6d. coloured, 28. 6a. plain,

on No. 12D) ov tan wavine WORK,

CURTIS'S

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE,

COMPRISING

THE PLANTS OF THE ROYAL GARDENS OF KEW,

AND OF OTHER | BOTANICAL, ESTABLISHMENTS IN GREAT BRITAIN, WITH

ae oy | SUITABLE. DEVE TONE:

RANDAL AALAAALLAALRARAALS OAL

Nature and Art to adorn the page combine,

And flowers exotic grace our northern clime.

| LONDON: |

_L. REEVE ann CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN. _ 4

. 1891.

‘ROYAL BOTANIC SOCIETY, Is91.

SPRING EXHIBITIONS, Wednesdays, April 22.

SUMMER EXHIBITIONS, Wednesdays, May 13, June 17.

EVENING FETE, Wednesday, July 8. 8 to 12 p.m.

PROMENADES, Wednesdays in May, June, and July, commencing

May 6; Exhibition and Féte Days excepted.

THE NATURAL HISTORY OF PLANTS. By H. Battron, President of

the Linnean Society of Paris, Professor of Medical Natural History and Director of the

Botanical Garden of the Faculty of Medicine of Paris. Super-royal 8vo. Vols. I. to

VILI., with 3545 Wood Engravings, 25s. cach.

L. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

L. Reeve & Co.’s Gr. 8v0 Series of Natural History.

New Edition. Now Ready.

BRITISH BEETLES; an Introduction to the Study of our indigenous

Cotrorrera. By H.C. Ryz. Revised by the Rev. Canon Fowner. 16 Coloured

Plates, and Woodcuts, 10s, 6d,

British Zoophytes, including the

Hydroida, Actinozoa, and Polyzoa

found in Great Britain, Ireland, and

the Channel Islands. By Artutr S.

PrnyninaTon,!'.L.8. 24Plates. 10s.6d.

British Insects ; a Familiar Deserip-

tion of the Form, Structure, Habits,

and Transformation of Insects. By

E. F. StaveLey. 16 Coloured Plates,

nnd numerous Woodcuts, 14s.

British Butterflies and Moths; an

Introduction to the Study of our Native

Lepiporrera. By H, T. Srarnton.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodents,

10s. 6d.

British Bees; an Introduction to the

Study of the Natural History and

Economy of the Bees indigenous to the

British Isles. By W. E. Sauckarp.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

10s. 6d.

British Spiders ; an Introduction to

the Study of the ARANeID= found in

Great Britain and Ireland. By E. F,

Svavetey, 16 Coloured Plates, and

Woodeuts, 10s, 6d.

Second Edition, Rewritten and much Enlarged.

The Edible Mollusea of Great Britain

and Ireland, including the Oyster, Mus-

sel, Cockle, Scallop, Limpet, Whelk,

Periwinkle, and many otbers less com-

monly known, with Recipes for Cooking

them. By M.S. Loven, 12 Coloured

Plates, 10s. 6d,

Revised Edition, entirely rearranged.

Synopsis of British Mosses, contain-

ing Descriptions of all the Genera and

Species found in Great Britain and

Ireland, with localities of the rarer ones. :

By C, P. Hopxirx, F.L.S. 7s.6d.

British Grasses ; an Introduction to

the Study of the Grasses found in the

British Isles. By M. Puves, 16

Coloured Plates,and Woodeuts, 10s. 6d.

British Ferns. With Chapters on the

Structure, Propagation, Cultivation,

Diseases, Uses, Preservation, and Dis-

tribution of Ferns. By M. Pxrvzs.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodents,

10s. 6d,

British Seaweeds. B y 8. 0. Grav.

16 Coloured Plates, 10s, 6d.

L. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

On the 1st of every Month, price One Shilling and Threepence.

JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

_ BRITISH AND FOREIGN, Eprrep sy JAMES BRITTEN, F.L.S.

Contains original articles by our leading British Botanists, Notices of Books,

- - 4 . - $ . * . es -

Proceedings of Societies, and Botanical News. Especial attention is now given

to British Botany.

botanical artist.

There is usually at least one plate, drawn by a well-known

Subseription for the year 1891, payable in advance, Twerve SHILLinas, post |

free, Terms for Advertisements may be had on application to the Publishers, ane

London: West, Newman, & Co., 54, Hatton Garden, B.C,

“PJOME CURE FOR DEAFNESS—A book by a noted Aural

Surgeon, describing a System of Curing Deafness and Noises in the Head, by

which a self-cure is effected at home. The Rev. D. H. W. Harlock, of the Parson

Milton-nnder-Wychwood, writes :—« Try the System by all means, it is first rate,

has been of the utiaost service to me.” Post free 44. De Vere & Co., Publi:

22, Warwick Lane, London, B0c 2 oe a

L16/,

MS.del, IN Fitchhth : ; Vincent Brooks, Day & Son Imp

L Reeve & C° London. 2

Tap.’ 7167,

VANILLA pranrrorta.

Native of Mexico.

Nat. Ord. Oxcuipex. Tribe Nzorries.

Genus VaniLLa, Swartz. (Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Plant. vol. iii. p. 590).

Vanitta plunifolia; caule robusto tereti, foliis breviter crasse petiolatis

oblongo-lanceolatis longe acuminatis crassis nervis obscuris, racemis

multifloris breviter pedunculatis, rachi crassa, pedicellis incurvis, floribus

amplis flavescentibus, sepalis petalisque oblanceolatis labelli tubo bucci-

niformi intus penicillo columne anteposito instructo, limbi parvi lobis re-

volutis crenulatis lateralibus brevibus intermedio retuso creberrime striato-

carinato carinis crenulatis, columna antice villosa capsula 8-9-pollicari.

V. planifolia, Andrews Bot. Rep. vol. viii. t. 538; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 733;

Lindl. Gen. & Sp. Orchid. p. 435; Blume, Rumphia, vol. i. Pi 198, t. 68;

Hayne Arzneigew. vol. xiv. t, 22; Morren,in Bull. Acad. Se. Bruzeiles,

iv. (1887) 225; xvii. (1850) 108; in Comptes Rendu Acad. Fr. (1838) 489;

Berg. et Sch. Offic. Gewdchse, vol. xxiii. t. a, b; Delteil, Etudes sur la

Vanilla, 1874; De Vriese, De Vanielzé, p, 22; Kohler Mediz. Pflanz.;

Benth. & Trim. Med. Pl. vol. iii. t. 272; Fliich. & Hanbury Pharma-

cograph. Ed. 2, p. 657.

V. viridiflora, Blume Bijdr. p. 422.

Myrobroma fragrans, Salish. Parad. Lond. t. 82.

Vanilla flore viridi et albo, fructu nigrescente, Plum. Nov. Gen. Pl. Am. 25

(1703).

Araco aromatico, Hernandez Thesaur., Rev. Med. Nov. Hisp. 38 (1651), with

fig.

An excellent account of the History of the Vanilla is

given in Hanbury and Fliickiger’s Pharmacographia cited

above, from which I have taken the following account.

According to these authors it was found to be used by the

natives of Mexico as a condiment to chocolate on the

occupation of that country by the Spaniards, who intro-

duced it into Europe. The first botanical notice of it is by

Clusius, in his ‘‘ Exoticorum Libri,” lib. iii, ¢. 18, 72

(1605), who received a specimen of it from Morgan,

apothecary to Queen Elizabeth, in 1602, and who described

it as “ Lobus oblongus aromaticus,” without being aware

of its native country or uses. It was, however, known

much earlier to Hernandez, for the figure in his Thesau-

rus, which appeared in 1651, was one of a series of 1200

executed at great cost in Mexico, by order of the King of

Arnrit Ist, 1891.

Spain, during the previous century. In 1703 Plumier first

gives it the name of Vanilla, that being the name in use in

Mexico by the Spaniards ; and he enumerates three species,

distinguishing planifolia by its white or green flower and

black fruit. At the end of the seventeenth century it was

imported into France through Spain, and used for flavour-

ing chocolate and scenting tobacco. In 1721 it had a

place in the London Pharmacopeia, but gradually dis-

appeared from the druggists’ shops, finding a refuge with

increasing favour with the confectioners. For many years

the principal imports were from Mexico, but latterly the

French, Dutch, and English colonies, especially Bourbon,

Java, the Mauritius, and Honduras, chiefly meet the |

Kuropean demand.

Of the numerous published figures of V. planifolia one

alone much resembles the one here given, and that is W.

Hooker’s (not a connection of the former Editor of this

Magazine) in Salisbury’s Paradisus, and which ig excellent.

It was taken from the plant first cultivated in this country

(in the garden of the Rt. Hon. Charles Greville, at Pad-

dington). The original figure of Andrews? Repository,

taken from the same plant afew years earlier, is represented

as having smaller very dark green leaves, and much smaller

blueish white flowers with shorter sepals and_ petals.

Loddiges’ figure resembles that of Andrews’; and what

iS More strange, so does that given by Bentley and Trimen,

which is stated to be drawn from a Kew plant. So great

is the difference between Andrews’ figure and that here.

given, that were it not that Hooker’s is said to be drawn

from the same plant as Andrews’, I should doubt their

Specific identity. In colour the flowers evidently vary

from greenish-white to yellow, and they may vary con-

siderably in size also. The figure here given was made

from a Kew plant in May, 1890, obtained originally from

the Duke of Northumberland’s Gardens at Sion House.

On numerous occasions, during the last ten years, the Sion

House plants, as also the Kew plants obtained from them,

nave produced mature pods. These are about eight or

nine inches long, somewhat slender, and possess the

characteristic aroma of true vanilla.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Portion of lip and column; 2, top of column and anther; 3, back,

and 4, front view of anther :—a// enlarged.

7168

Sgr

a TREE. Sa =

Tas. 7168.

ASARUM Geopuitum.

Native of Southern China.

Nat. Ord. ARISTOLOCHIER.

Genus Asarum, Linn. ; (Benth, et Hook. f. Gen. Pl., vol. iii. p. 122.)

Asarum geophilum ; sparse hirsutum, candice robusto repente, foliis alternis

crasse petiolatis rotundato-cordatis obtusis ciliatis luride viridibus superne

nervis albidis reticulatis, floribus axillaribus, pedunculis crassis decurvis,

ovario infero late hemispherico, calycis tubo brevi intus hirsuto, ore

breviter annulato, limbo 3-lobo atro-purpure albo punctato molliter

setuloso aureo marginato, lobis ovato-rotundatis antico majore, antheris

oblongis connectivo producto obtuso, stylo brevi alte 6-sulcato, stigmatibus

brevibus decurrentibus. ¢

A. geophilum, Hemsl. in Gard. Chron. 1890, vol. i. p. 422.

Under Asarum caudigerum, figured in plate 7126 of this

work, I alluded to the many accessions to this curious

genus which had been discovered of late years in China,

from which country alone Mr. Hemsley informs me that

eight species are known. Amongst these species there are

very great differences both in mode of growth and floral

structure. Thus A. geophilum differs from its congeners in

its elongate branching rhizome with distant alternate

leaves; A. caudigerum in its binate leaves, with pairs of

large green sheaths (cataphylla) at the base, in the caudate

perianth lobes and triseriate stamina ; A. macrantha (Plate

7022) in its crowded large flowers, and the mouth of the

perianth being almost closed by a horizontal lamina, as in

its near ally A. virginicum (Heterotropis asaroides, Tab.

3746). ‘There are further great modifications in the forms

of the stamens and styles in the various species ; and in the

ovary which may be wholly inferior or almost superior.

On these and other modifications A. Braun and Duchar-

tre have laid the foundation of four sections of the genus

(see DC. Prodr. vol. xv. pt. i. p. 423), which are for the most

part natural, but which will require considerable modifica-

tion, and the addition of others, to receive the numerous

species which have to be added to the ten described in

the Prodromus.

Aprit Ist, 1891.

Asarum geophilum was procured by Mr. Ford, Superin-

tendent of the Hong-Kong Botanical Gardens, from the

province of Kwantung in Southern China in 1888. Living

plants, from which the accompanying drawing was made,

were sent to Kew by that zealous explorer, and flowered

in a cool greenhouse in November, 1889.

Desor. Whole plant more or less softly hairy. Root-

stock as thick as a swan’s quill, creeping and branching,

red-brown, as are the petioles, leaf-nerves beneath, and

peduncles. Leaves alternate, distant, three to four inches

in diameter, orbicular-cordate, obtuse, ciliate, deep green

above with closely reticulate white nerves, pale green

beneath; petiole two to three inches long, stout. Flowers

axillary, solitary ; peduncle stout, about half an inch long,

decurved. Flowers an inch in diameter; ovary broadly

hemispheric, wholly inferior. Perianth-tube short, and as

well as the flat lobes, covered with soft sete; mouth

constricted, annulate ; lobes three, orbicular-ovate, obtuse,

dark red-purple with white spots, and margined with

golden yellow, the anticous rather longer than the others.

Stamens equal, filaments short ; anthers oblong, connec-

tive produced into an obtuse cone. Style short, deeply

laterally six-cleft, with short decurrent stigmas.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Flower with half the perianth removed ; 2 and 3, stamens ; 4, style :—

all enlarged,

ES del JN Fitch lith

Vincent Brooks,Day & Son imp =

Tas. 7169. ©

EPIDENDRUM Sceprrvum.

Native of Venezuela and New Grenada.

Nat. Ord. OrcuipEa.—Tribe ErrpenpReEz.

Genus Errmpenprum, Linn.; (Benth. & Hook.f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p. 528.)

Errpenprum (Aulizeum) Sceptrum ; pseudebulbis stipitatis elongatis apices

versus paucifoliatis, folus erecto-recurvis loriformibus apicibus rotun-

datis emarginatis v. breviter 2-lobis, racemo basi spathaceo elato stricto

-multifloro, bracteis minutis ovatis, pedicellis cum ovariis 1-1} pollicaribus

strictis, floribus 1-1} poll. diam. aureis rubro-purpureo maculatis,

sepalis lanceolatis acutis, petalis latioribus spathulato-oblanceolatis

acutis, labello columne adnato trapezoideo angulis obtusis glaberrimo,

basi pulvinato, columna brevi viridi, clinandrio trilobo.

E, Sceptrum, Lindl. Orchid, Linden. No. 50; Fol. Orchid. Epidendrum, p. 36,

No. 111; Reichb. f. in Bonpland, vol. ii. p. 281; in Walp. Rep. vol. vi.

p. 353.

A very striking species, and with a rather wide dis-

tribution for an epiphytic Orchid; extending along the

coast ranges of the Caribbean Sea, from Cumana, where

it was found by Linden at an elevation of 6500 feet, to

Santa Martha, in New Grenada, and to Ocaiia in the interior

of the same republic. It belongs to a section of the genus

in which the hp is more or less adnate to the whole length

of the column (less in this species), and with few leaves at

the top of the pseudobulb, and terminal inflorescence. Of

species figured in this work it comes nearest to H. varie-

gatum (Plates 3151) of which EF. coriaceum (Plate 8595) is

undoubtedly a variety, and not a very marked one.

E. Sceptrum was first flowered in this country by the

Jate Mr. Warner, who sent a flowering raceme to Kew in

1864, Sir Trevor Lawrence again flowered it in 1888, and

presented the plant to Kew, from which the accompany-

ing figure was made in September, 1889.

Descr. Rootstock creeping, rigid. Pseudobulbs stipitate,

a span to a foot long, very narrowly fusiform, nearly an

inch in diameter, slightly compressed, clothed at the base

with a lanceolate brown sheath ; stipes one to two inches

Apri Ist, 1891.

long, clothed at first with short imbricating brown sheaths;

a small oblong pseudobulb usually crowns the larger one,

and bears the flowering raceme. Leaves one to three at

the tips of the pseudobulb, a span to a span and a half

long, about an inch in breadth, erect and recurved, strap-

shaped, bright green, coriaceous, tip rounded and notched,

or two-lobed, lobes rounded. Raceme about a foot long,

strict, erect, very many-flowered, rachis pale green;

peduncle short, with a narrow brown basal sheath; bracts

an eighth of an inch long, ovate, green; pedicels with

ovary an inch to an inch and a half long, rather slender,

strict, spreading. Perianth one to one and a quarter

inches broad, bright yellow blotched with red-purple.

Sepals spreading, lanceolate, acute. Petals broader,

oblanceolate or subspathulate, acute. Lip adnate to the

column for about one half the length of the latter, trapezi-

form with obtuse angles, golden yellow with confluent

purple blotches towards the tip ; disk glabrous, thickened

towards the base. Column rather short, green, top three-

lobed. Anther didymous; pollinia connate.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Lip; 2, column; 3, anther; 4.and 5, pollinia :—all enlarged.

7170

Vincent Brooks Day & Son imp

teh lith

£1

AS.del, JN

Tas. 7170.

FURCRAjA Bepincuatstt. /

Native of Mexico.

Nat. Ord. AMARYLLIDEH.—Tribe AGAVE.

Genus Furcrma, Vent.; (Benth, et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p. 739.)

Furcrxa Bedinghausii; caulescens, foliis dense rosulatis ensiformibus 3-4-

pedalibus recurvatis facie levibus dorso scabris valde glaucescentibus

marginibus denticulatis, floribus in paniculam amplam ramis elongatis

endulis compositis dispositis, pedicellis brevibus aggregatis apice articu-

tis, bracteis parvis scariosis, ovario cylindrico, perianthio albo segmentis

interioribus oblongis exterioribus lineari-oblongis dorso viridi tinctis,

staminibus perianthio brevioribus filamentis valde stramosis, pistillo

staminibas zquilongo.

F. Bedinghausii, K. Koch. Wochen. 1863, 233; E. Morren in Belg. Hort.

1863, 327, with figure ; Baker in Gard. Chron. 1879, vol.i. p. 656 ; Handb.

Amaryll. p. 203.

B. Roezlii, André in Rev. Hort. 1887, p. 353, fig. 1.

Roezlia bulbifera, Roezl. in Belg. Hort. 1883, p. 133 (name only).

This is a most distinct and interesting species of Fur-

erwa, with the habit of a dwarf form of I’. longeva, but

with leaves resembling those of a Beschorneria in their

texture and denticulate margin. It was discovered by

Roezl in the year 1860 on Mount Acasca, which is situated

seven or eight German miles south of the city of Mexico,

and was introduced by him into cultivation. It was first

flowered in 1868 by M. Bedinghaus of Mons, in Belgium,

after whom it was named by Dr. Karl Koch. It is now

widely spread in gardens, and has borne a variety of names

in garden catalogues, such as Yucca Parmentiert, Y. argyro-

phylla, Y. Toneliana, and Roezlia regia. It has been

flowered more than once in the open air in Scilly by Mr.

= Cynaco

Dorrien Smith, and in various places in England, always .

under cover so far as I know. Our drawing was made

from a plant flowered in the summer of 1890 by E. H.

Woodhall, Esq., of St. Nicholas House, Scarborough.

Desor. Trunk reaching sometimes a length of five or six

feet below the rosette and a diameter of six or nine inches.

Aprxzit Ist, 1891.

Peduncle stiffly

erect, about as long as the leaves. Inflorescence a lax

at the apex; bracts small, brown, membranous. Ovary

cylindrical, under an inch long. Expanded perianth two

inches in diameter, white; inner segments oblong; outer

linear-oblong, tinted with green outside. Stamens shorter

than the perianth ; filaments very strumose in the lower

half ; anthers versatile. Pistil as long as the stamens;

lower part of the style strumose and deeply trisulcate ;

upper part subulate.—J. G. Raker.

Fig. 1, Portion of leaf, showing the under surf:

ace and margin; 2, a single

stamen ; 3, another stamen; 4, style and stigma :—all enlarged,

EARS 111,

ROSA Banksia.

Native of China.

Nat. Ord. Rosacrm.—Tribe Rose.

Genus Rosa, Linn.; (Benth, et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. i. p. 625.)

Rosa Banksie ; alte scandens, glaberrima, eglandulosa, levis, caule aculeato

ramulis inermibus, foliis 3-5-foliolatis, foliolis elliptico- v. ovato-lanceo-

latis acutis v. subacutis serrulatis v. crenato-serrulatis levibus, stipulis

anguste linearibus setaceisve demum deciduis, umbellis multifloris,

floribus inter minoribus aureis, pedicellis gracilibus, calycis tubo brevi

subgloboso, lobis breviusculis lanceolato-subulatis integerrimis v. obsenre

subserrulatis deciduis intus puberulis, heat obcordatis concavis,

filamentis gracilibus, antheris aureis, carpellis pilosis, stylis exsertis stig-

matibusque capitatis liberis, fructibus parvis globosis, carne parca,

carpellis maturis ad 8 triquetris glabris.

R. Banksiw, R. Br. in Ait. Hort. Kew. Bd. ii. vol. iii. p. 258; Lindl, Monogr.

Ros. t. 131; Bot. Mag. t. 1954 (var. alba); Red. et Thor. Ros. vol. ii.

p. 43, eum Ic.; Bot. Reg. t. 1105, et t. 397 (var. alba); DO. Prodr.

vol. ii. p. 601; Hemsl. in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxiii. p. 248.—Flores in

omnibus pleni.

R. Banksiana, Abel, Narr. Journ. Chin. p. 160,

R. inermis, Roxb, Hort. Beng. p. 38; Fl. Ind. vol. ii. p. 576.

Under the description of Rosa multiflora (Plate 7119), I

mentioned that I hoped soon to figure in this work another

rose that had long been known in cultivation, but only in

late years in its single state, &. Banksiew. Thanks to the

Rey. Canon Ellacombe I am now able to do this; and

though I have nothing absolutely novel to add to the

history of this beautiful plant, I may accompany the

figure with a brief résumé of what has been recorded.

Rosa Banksie was first described in 1871 by R. Brown,

in Aiton’s Hortus Kewensis, where it is stated to have

been introduced into England (presumably to Kew) from

China in 1807 by Mr. William Kerr. It is not stated

whether the plant was white- or yellow-fld., nor whether

single or double fid. That it was however the white and

double fid. is certain, for the next published account of it

is in the volume for 1818 of the Boranican Macazine,

where it is represented (Plate 1954) in this condition, the

specimen having been obtained from Sir Joseph Banks’

garden at Springrove, Isleworth (now the residence of Mr.

Pears, the energetic manufacturer of soap). Though

Aprit Ist, 1891.

delicate, it at once became a favourite under the name of

“The Lady Banks’ rose,” or the ‘‘ Rose without a thorn,”

the latter a hardiy correct name. In 1819 it was figured

in the Botanical Register (Plate 397) in the same white

double condition, and from the same garden, where it had

attained twenty feet in height or more, and with the remark

that the single flowered variety had been found by Dr.

Abel growing on the walls of Nankin. In 1820 Lindley’s

admirable Monograph of Roses was published, in which

the double white again appears as the only form known.

In 1827 the double yellow is for the first time figured, and

by Lindley in the volume of the Botanical Register (Plate

1105), with the observation that the first indication of its

existence is to be found in a note (overlooked when

elaborating the Monograph) in Roxburgh’s Hortus Ben-

galensis, where under the name of R. inermis both the

double white and double yellow are alluded to with their

Chinese names, as they were also in the Roxburghian MSS.,

preserved in the Banksian library. It was on discovering

this, after the publication of the Monograph of Roses, that

the Royal Horticultural Society, of which Lindley was

Secretary, directed Mr. John Damper Parks (who was

being sent to China in 1823 by the Society) to obtain the

yellow form, which he did, returning with it in 1824. Dr.

Lindley describes it as, on the whole, a more desirable

plant than the white variety, being more hardy, flowering

more freely, and having deeper green leaves, but adds that

it is less fragrant. The only other early notice of this.

plant is by Dr. Abel in his narrative of his travels in

China, to which country he went as physician to Lord

Macartney’s embassy. Abel mentions it as R. Banksiana.

Indigenous specimens of R. Banksiw are in the Kew

Herbarium collected in the Ichang province on the

Nan-t’o Mountains by Dr. Henry, and in Yun-nan,

by the Abbé Delavay, also from J apan (Siebold). The

single yellow form was sent to Kew by Mr. Hanbury, from

his magnificent garden of the Palazzo Orengo, near Men-

tone, in 1871, and by Messrs. Paul and Son, from Ches-

hunt, in 1887. As stated above, the specimen figured is

from Canon Ellacombe’s garden at Bitton, near Bath,

where it is quite hardy.— J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Stamen; 2, verti i - i arpels ;

3, slbile- at rN A ical section of calyx-tube, showing carpe

BRITISH, COLONIAL, AND FOREIGN

FLORAS.

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA; a Description of the

Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British

Isles. For the use of Beginners and Amateurs. By Grorer Benrnam,

F.R.S. 5th Edition, revised by Sir J. D. Hooker. Crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Series of Wood

Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants, from Drawings by W. H.

Fircn, F.L.8., and W. G. Smiru, F.L.S., forming an Illustrated Companion

to Bentham’s ‘ Handbook,” and other British Floras. 1311 Wood En-

__gravings. 2nd Edition, revised and enlarged, crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.

OUTLINES of ELEMENTARY BOTANY, as Introductory to

Local Floras. By Grorcr Bentuau, F.R.S., President of the Linnean

Society. New Edition, 1s.

FLORA of HAMPSHIRE, including the Isle of Wight, with

localities of the less common species. By F. Townsenp, M.A., F.L.S.

With Coloured Map and two Plates, 16s. :

HANDBOOK of BRITISH MOSSES, containing all that are

known to be natives of the British Isles. By the Rev. M. J. Berxerry,,

: M.A., F.L.S. 24 Coloured Plates, 21s.

SYNOPSIS of BRITISH MOSSES, containing Descriptions of

all the Genera and Species (with localities of the rarer ones) found in Great

Britain and Ireland. By Cuartes P. Hoskirx, F.L.S., &e., &e. © New

Edition, entirely revised. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.

THE BRITISH MOSS-FLORA. Monographs of the Families of

; British Mosses, illustrated by Plates of all the species, with Microscopical

details of their structure. By R. Brairnwarre, M.D., F.1,S. Nott.

_____ with 45 Plates, 50s. Part XI., 8s. Part XII.,7s. Part XITI., 6s.

FLORA of BRITISH INDIA. By Sir J.D. Hooxer, F.R.S.,

and others. Parts I. to XIII., 10s. 6d. each Parts XIV., XV., and XVI,

9s. each. Vols. I. to [V., 32s. each. Vol. V., 38s.

FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS: a Description of the Plants of the

Australian Territory. By G. Brntnam, F.R:S., F.L.S., assisted by F.

Muetter, F.R.S. Vols. I. to VI., 20s. cach. Vol. VII., 24s. Published

2 under the auspices of the several Governments of Australia,

FLORA of MAURITIUS and the SEYCHELLES: a Descrip-

_ tion of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of those Islands. By J. G. Barr,

F.L.8. Complete in 1 vol., 24s. Published under the authority of the

Colonial Government of Mauritius.

_ FLORA CAPENSIS: a Systematic Description of the Plants of

_ the Cape Colony, Caffraria, and Port Natal. By Witntaw H. Harvey, M.D.,

F.R.S., and Orro Wirnetm Sonper, Ph.D. Vols. I. and II, each 12s,

<0 Sabot aon te aa

_ FLORA of TROPICAL AFRICA. By Danter. Ontver, 8 pee

F.L.S. Vols. I. to III., each 20s. Published under the authority of the

First Commissioner of Her Maiesty’s Works. :

HANDBOOK of the NEW ZEALAND FLORA: a Systematic

Description of the Native Plants of New Zealand, and the Chatham, fe

‘Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s, Campbell’s, and Macquarrie’s Islands. By

Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. Published under the auspices of the Government

of that Colony. Complete, 42s. eee

FLORA of the BRITISH WEST INDIAN ISLANDS. By

Dr. Grisepacn, F.L.S. 42s. Published under the auspices of the Seere-

tary of State for the Colonies. oe : age

FLORA HONGKONGENSIS: a Description of the Flowering

Plants and Ferns of the Island of Hongkong. By Grorce Bentuam,

F.L.S. With a Map of the Island and Supplement by Dr. Hance, 18s. :

Published under the authority of Her Majesty’s Secretary of State for the

Colonies. The Supplement, separately, 2s. 6d. : oe :

ON the FLORA of AUSTRALIA; its Origin, Affinities, and

Distribution. By Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. 10s.

CONTRIBUTIONS to THE FLORA of MENTONE, and

to a Winter Flora of the Riviera, including the coast from Marseilles to

Genoa. By J. Tranerne Moceripce. Royal 8vo. Complete in 1 vol.

99 Coloured Plates, 63s.

Ce “L. REEVE & CO., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden,

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE.

CONTENTS OF No. 556, APRIL, 1891.

Tan. 7167,—_ VANILLA PLANIFOLIA.

7168—ASARUM GEOPHILUM.

7169.—EPIDENDRUM SCEPTRUM.

7170.—FURCRAZA. BEDINGHAUSII.

7171L—ROSA BANKSIZA.

L. REEvE & Co, 6, 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, Part VI., with 8 Coloured Plates, 15s,

LEPID OPTERA INDICA,

' By F. MOORE, F.Z.S.

Prospectus, with First List of Subscribers, can be had on application to the Publishers.

L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, New Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooxer, 10s. 6d.

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA:

A Description of the Flowering Plants and Ferns Indigenous

to or Naturaliged in the British Isles,

By GEORGE BENTHAM, FRS.

5th Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. HOOKER, C.B., K.C.8.1., F.R.S., &e.

Now ready. 2nd Edition, with 1811 Wood Engravings, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE BRITISH FLORA:

A Series of Wood Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants.

Drawn sy W. H. FITCH, F.L.S., axv W. G. SMITH, F.LS.

Forming an Illustrated Companion to Bentham’s “ Handbook,” and other ss Floras.

Now Reapy, pr ice 3s. plain, 5s. coloured, Part XLVI, of the Large paper,

Illustrated Edition of the

COLEOPTERA oF THE BRITISH ISLANDS. .

_ +BY THE

REV. CANON FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.,

Also Vol. I, of the Small Paper Edition, containing the Adedhee (Cicindelidee,

Carabide, and Dytiscidz), the Hydrophilidz, an Introduction, twostructural

Plates, and Woodcuts, Price 14s., cloth. Vol. Ts ——— te

Vol. IIL, 16s. Vol. IV., 16s. i

Vol. z » Large Paper Edition, with 2 Structural and 36 Culoured Plates, ae -

Vel, ily with 34 Coloured Plates, 58s. Vol, UT., with 28 olniees Plates,

Vol. rg ives with 44 = — Mean

a Reeve & Go, 3 5, Henrietta Street, Coven

vansree BY GILBYaT anp arvereron, 1, er. 3:

Chird Series.

No. 557.

VOL, XLVII.—MAY. Price 3s, 6d. coloured, 2s. 6d. plain,

or No. 12 51 OF THE ENTIRE WORK.

CURTIS'S SS

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE,

COMPRISING

: THE PLANTS OF THE ROYAL GARDENS OF KEW,

AND OF OTHER BOTANICAL ESTABLISHMENTS IN GREAT BRITAIN, WITH

SUITABLE DESCRIPTIONS;

Sin JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER, M.D, K.CS1, CB, FRS, ELS,

Late Director of the Ropal Botanic Gardens of Kew.

SPIRE PI PLES APL

Nature and Art to adorn the page combine,

And flowers exotic grace our northern clime.

RPI SR SR

oe LONDON:

_ L. REEVE ayp CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

oe ee 1891.

ee [All rights resorved.]

be!

_ \ which a self-cure is effected at home. The Rev. D. H. W.

ROYAL BOTANIC SOCIETY, 1891.

SUMMER EXHIBITIONS, Wednesdays, May 13, June 17.

EVENING FETE, Wednesday, July 8. 8 to 12 p.m.

PROMENADES, Wednesdays in May, June, and July, commencing

May 6; Exhibition and Féte Days excepted.

THE NATURAL HISTORY OF PLANTS. By H. Barttov, President of

the Linnzan Society of Paris, Professor of Medical Natural History and Director ofthe

Botanical Garden of the Faculty of Medicine of Paris. Super-royal 8vo. Vols. I. to

VIII., with 3545 Wood Engravings, 25s. each.

L. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

L. Reeve & Co.'s Cr. 8vo Series of Natural History.

New Edition. Now Ready.

BRITISH BEETLES; an Introduction to the Study of our indigenous

Cotgortrra. By E.C. Rye. Revised by the Rev. Canon Fowrer. 16 Coloured

Plates, and Woodcuts, 10s, 6d.

British Zoophytes, including the Second Edition, Rewritten and much Enlarged.

Hydroida, Actinozoa, and Polyzoa | The Edible Mollusca of Great Britain

found in Great Britain, Ireland, and and Ireland, including the Oyster, Mus-

the Channel Islands. By Artuur S. sel, Cockle, Seallop, Limpet, Whelk,

Prennineton,¥.L.8. 24Plates. 10s.6d. Periwinkle, and‘many others less com-

British Insects ; a Familiar Descrip- monly known, with Recipes for Cooking

them. By M.S. Lovenn, 12 Coloured

tion of the Form, Structure, Habits,

and Transformation of Insects. By — hagas enon :

E. F. Stavetey. 16 Coloured Plates, Revised Edition, entirely rearranged. _

and numerous Woodcuts, 14s. Synopsis of British Mosses, contain-

British Butterflies and Moths; an Se Descriptions of all the Genera and

Introduction to the Study of our Native pecies found in Great Britain and

Lasiiorrans, By W.T. Suarenon. hig with localities of the rarer ones.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts, A aid C, P. Hopxiex, F.LS. 7s. 6d.

Ae: bd. Bare Seieaund an Introduction to

British Bees - an Introduction to the E : tu ry of the Grasses found in the

Study of the Natural History and Seen, by. Fives 8

Economy of the Bees indigenous to the soe ame: ates, and Woodcuts, 10s. Gd,

British Isles. By W. H, Suuckarp, | British Ferns. With Chapters on the

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts, Structure, Propagation, Cultivation,

: 10s, 6d. Diseases, Uses, Preservation, and Dis-

British Spiders; an Introduction to - tribution of Ferns, By M. Pxvss.

the Study of the ARANEIDZ foand in 16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

Great Britain and Ireland. By E, F, _ 10s. 6d.

StaveLEY. 16 Coloured Plates, and | British Seaweeds. By S. O. Gray.

Woodcuts, 10s. 6d. 16 Coloured Plates, 10s. 6d.

L. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

On the Ist of every Month, price One Shilling and Threepence.

JOURNAL OF BOTANY,

BRITISH AND FOREIGN. Eprrep sy JAMES BRITTEN, F.L.S.

Contains original articles by our leading British Botanists, Notices of Books,

dings of Societies, and Botanical News. Especial attention is now given

to British Botany. There is usually at least one plate, drawn by a well-known

botanical artist.

Subscription for the year 1891, payable in advance, TWELVE SHILLINGS, post —

free. Terms for Advertisements may be had on application to the Publishers, — : a

London: Wasr, Newman, & Co., 54, Hatton Garden, B.C.

‘FJ OME CURE FOR DEAFNESS.—A book by a noted A 7

Surgeon, describing a System of Curing Deafness and — the He

filton-nnder-Wychwood, writes :—* Try the System by a

1172

me fae apa eee |

g : Yess]

RN oy hatin

a aps: , poo

s: Et x aly

n. Inyo

ere:

Day &

Brooks,

incent

L Reeve & CO? London.

Pe $B

del JN. Prtch hth

oS Atom gt

Tas. 7172.

YUCCA Rupicoza.

Native of Southern United States and Mewico.

Nat. Ord. Litiacem. Tribe Dracannz.

Genus Yucca, Linn. (Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Plant. vol. iii. p. 778).

Yucca rupicolu; subacaulis, foliis pluribus dense rosulatis ensiformibus

rigidis viridibus 1}-2-pedalibus apice pungentibus marginibus corneis

minute serrulatis, pedunculo foliis longiori, floribus in paniculam amplam

laxam oblongam dispositis ramis ascendentibus, pedicellis brevibus apice

articulatis, bracteis ovatis scariosis, perianthio magno campanulatoalbido

segmentis acutis ovatis vel oblongis, staminibus ovario equilongis fila-

mentis muricatis, stylo ovario cylindrico-trigono breviori stigmatibus

parvis, fructu capsulari oblongo rostrato, seminibus tenuibus.

Y. rupicola, Scheele in Linnea, vol. xxiii. (1850) p. 143; Engelm. Monogr.

p. 48; S. Wats. in Proc. Amer. Acad. vol. xiv. p. 253; Baker in Gard.

Chron. 1870, p. 828; Journ. Linn. Soe. vol, xviii. p- 222.

Y. lutescens, Carriére in Rev. Hort. vol. vii. (1858), p. 579.

Y. tortifolia, Lindheim. inedit.

There are three distinct types of Yucca in leaf-character.

The first group has the leaf margined with minute horny

teeth, the second with a narrow entire brown horny bordeér,

whilst in the third the margin breaks up into slender wiry

threads. The present plant is the only species of the first

group which is hardy anywhere in England. It isa native

of Texas, New Mexico, and the northern provinces of

Mexico. It was gathered lately by Mr. OC. G. Pringle

on rocky hills near Chihuahua, flowering in the middle of

April and producing fruit in May. It was introduced

into cultivation by M. Trecul, from Texas, about the

year 1850, but is still rare in English gardens. Our

drawing was made from a plant which flowered with

Canon Ellacombe at Bitton in the autumn of 1890.

Descr. Nearly or quite acaulescent. Leaves densely

rosulate, pale green, ensiform, stiffly suberect. above two

feet long, an inch and a half broad at the middle, narrowed

gradually to a long pungent point and to half an inch

above the clasping base, margined with a minutely-toothed

horny brown border, Peduwncle stout, erect, a little longer

May Ist, 1891.

than the leaves. Panicle lax, oblong, five or six feet long ;

branches slender, ascending, the lower a foot or more

long; pedicels half or three-quarters of an inch long,

articulated at the apex; bracts moderately large, ovate,

brown, scariose. Perianth drooping, campanulate, milk

white, two inches or more long ; segments acute, the outer

oblong, the inner broader, ovate. Stamens as long as the

ovary ; filaments cylindrical, densely minutely muricated ;

anthers emarginate at both the apex and base. Ovary

ceylindrical-trigonous, above half an inch long; style shorter

than the ovary; stigmas small. Fruit hard, dry, oblong,

rostrate, an inch and a half long. Seeds thin.—J. G.

Baker. ;

Fig. 1, Margin of the leaf; 2 and 3, stamens; 4, pistil:—all more or less

enlarged.

7173, 7

MS. del, JN. Kitch, lith.

Tap. 7178:

HERMANNIA cristata.

Native of South Africa.

Nat. Ord. StercuLiace#.—Tribe HERMANNIEA.

Genus HermanniA, Linn.; (Benth. & Hook.f. Gen, Pl. vol. i. p. 223.)

Hermannia cristata; fruticulus scabride stellatim-pubescens, laxe foliosus,

foliis subsessilibus oblongis v. oblongo-lanceolatis acutis crenato-serratis

basi rotundatis v. cuneatis, stipulis subulatis, floribus axillaribus, pedi-

cellis gracilibus, bracteis minimis, calycis campanulati lobis triangularibus

acutis v. acuminatis, petalis unguiculatis limbo suborbiculari, filamentis

spathulato-oblanceolatis acutis ciliatis, antheris petala subaequantibus

angustis acuminatis, capsula subspherica tomentosa angulis processubus

filiformibus incurvis demum rigidis pectinatim cristatis.

H. cristata, Bolus in Journ. Linn. Soc.; Bot. vol. xxv. p. 156,

The Hermannie are natives of Africa (chiefly South

(Africa with a few Mexican and Texan. Upwards of seventy —

species are known from the first named country. Few are

possessed of any beauty, though in the old days of dry

stove and greenhouse cultivation, some of the more attrac-

tive found favour in what was called the “Cape House.”

Twenty-six species are enumerated in the Hortus

Kewensis as to be found in English gardens at the

beginning of the century, and five are figured in early

volumes of this work, of which H. flammea (Tab. 1349)

deserves a place in any conservatory. And the same may

be said of the species here figured, which is, botanically, a

very curious one, inasmuch as, as Mr. Bolus (an excellent

South African botanist and the author of the species)

points out, it differs from all its South African con-

geners (known to him), and approaches the American

-H. texana in the broad crests of its capsule.

H. cristata is a native of the eastern districts of South

Africa and has a wide range, from the Transvaal to Griqua-

land, Natal, the Orange Free State, and Basuto-land—that

is half across the continent, in lat. 29 8. Mr. Bolus

describes the flowers of native specimens as of a beautiful

crimson, a hue which they have not attained under the

May Ist, 1891,

gloomier skies of Kew. The plant was discovered by the

late Dr. Sutherland near the Klip river, alt. three thousand

five hundred to four thousand five hundred feet, in 1858,

and has been subsequently collected by many travellers.

The specimen here figured was raised from seeds sent to

the Royal Gardens in May, 1890, by Mr. EH. E. Galpin, of

Barberton, Transvaal, and it flowered in the Cape House

in autumn of the same year.

Drsor. Roughly pubescent with stellate hairs. Root-

stock woody, sending up ascending stems twelve to eighteen

inches high, that are simple or branched from the base, and

are sparsely leafy throughout. Leaves one to one anda half.

inch long, sessile or shortly petioled, linear-oblong, acute,

Crenate-serrate or toothed, pale green ; stipules minute,

linear-subulate. Flowers solitary in the axils of the upper

leaves, cernuous ; pedicels slender, one-half to one inch

long; bracts minute, setaceous. Calyz half an inch long,

campanulate, five keeled, green ; lobes triangular, acute or

acuminate. Petals twice as long as the calyx, with a

slender incurved claw and orbicular bright brick-red limb,

the margins of which are recurved. Filaments spathulate,

ciliate ; anthers very narrow, acuminate, ciliate, Ovary

ve-winged, style slender, Capsule one-half to nearly an

inch long and broad, stellately tomentose, angles pectinately

crested with ascending spines.—J, D, H,

Fig. 1, Petal; 2, stamens and style; 3, dorsal

5, young fruit :—al/ enlarged. , and 4, ventral view of stamen ;

7174.

_MSdel, INFachiich

Tas. 7174,

WAHLENBERGIA vnpvrata.

Native of South Africa.

Nat. Ord. CampanvLacex.—Tribe CAMPANULACER.

Genus WautenBercia, Schrad.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen, Pl. vol. ii. p. 555.)

WAHLENBERGIA undulata; decumbens, hispida v. glabriuscula, caulibus e

rhizomate tuberoso elongatis superne ramosis inferne foliosis, foliis parvis

sessilibus linearibus v. lineari-lanceolatis crenatis acutis undulatis

setaceo-ciliatis marginibus cartilagineis, pedunculis elongatis gracilibus

calycis glabri tubo anguste obconico striato, lobis subulato-lanceolatis

ciliatis glabrisve, corolla infundibuliformi-campanulata tubo lobis caly-

cinis duplo longiore, lobis ovatis acutis, filamentis a basi ampla obovata

marginibus recurvis ciliata repente filiformibus, antheris lineari-oblongis,

capsula obconica.

Ww. undulata, Cham. in Linnea, vol. viii. p. 194; A.DC. Monog. Campan,

p- ae and in DC. Prodr. vol. vii. p. 435 ; Harv. & Sond. Fl. Cap. vol. iii,

p- 979.

W. bilocularis, A.DC.in DC, Prodr. 1. ¢. p. 489.

W. striata, A.DC. l. ¢. p. 439.

W. Chamissoniana, G. Don. Gen. Syst. Gard. vol. iii. p. 740; A.DO.1. ¢. p. 439,

Campanulata undulata, Linn. fil. Suppl. p. 142; Thunb, Prodr. Flor. Cap.

p- 39; Flor. Cap., Ed. Schult. p. 173.

C. glabrata, Herb, Banks. ex A.DO. 1. ¢.

Mr. Watson, the Assistant-Curator of the Royal Gardens,

who brought seeds of this beautiful plant from near King

William’s Town in South Africa, in 1887, informs me that

it grows in masses in marsh-lands, the stems supporting

one another, and the whole forming a beautiful picture,

suggestive of a group of Campanulas. The species

appears to be a widely diffused one in South Africa, ex-

tending from the Transvaal westwards to the Orange Free

State, and southward to Plettenburg Bay. In the Natal

mountains it ascends to six thousand feet (Sutherland).

It is described by Sonder as arigid annual, but Mr. Watson

found that it had a tuberous rootstock. From its habit it

is well adapted for pot culture as a hanging plant; the

branches descending on all sides, with ascending tips

loaded with bright blue flowers. The specimen figured.

flowered in a cool house of the Royal Gardens in June,

May Ist, 1891.

1890, having been raised from Mr. Watson’s seeds in

1887.

Desor. Rootstock tuberous, woody. Stems very many,

one to two feet long, slender, branched above, leafy below,

decumbent and ascending, glabrous or sparingly setose.

Leaves spreading, sessile, undulate, one to two inches long,

linear-oblong, acute, base semi-amplexicaul, dark green with

a ciliate cartilaginous margin, and a few bristles on the

surface. Flower on long slender curved terminal branches,

very variable; size one-half to one inch long, violet blue.

Calyx obconical, striate, lobes subulate-lanceolate, green,

glabrous or ciliate towards the base. Corolla narrowly

campanulate, tube about twice as long as the calyx-lobes ;

lobes ovate, acuminate. Ftlaments filiform above, base

greatly and suddenly dilated into a large obovate or obcor-

date lamina with recurved ciliate margins; anthers linear-

oblong. Style hardly longer than the stamens; stigma

stout, recurved. Capsule obconic, a fourth to one-half an

inch long, ten-nerved.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Top of ovary, with stamens and style; 2, stamen :—both enlarged.

Vincent Brooks, Day& Sonn p

MS.del, JN Fitch hth.

Pap. 7175:

PITCAIRNIA Rozz111.

Native of South America,

Nat. Ord. Brometiace%.—Tribe PitcarRNIEm.

Genus Pitcarrnia, L’ Herit. ; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl., vol. iii. p. 665.)

Pircarrnia Roezlii; acaulis, foliis distincte petiolatis lanceolatis chartaceis

integris facie viridibus dorso tenuiter albido-lepidotis, pedunculo-erecto

elongato, floribus splendide rubris in racemum simplicem subdensum

dispositis, pedicellis ascendentibus, bracteis magnis lanceolatis, sepalis

lanceolatis, petalis calyce 2-3-plo longioribus basi haud appendiculatis,

genitalibus petalis subeqailongis. ~

P. Roezlii, E. Morren in Belg. Hort. vol. xxxv. (1885) p. 285, tab. 18-19;

Baker Handb. Bromel. p. 106.

There is a large number of Pitcairnias with red flowers

which resemble one another closely both in habit and

characters. The present plant, which has only been intro-

duced into cultivation within the last ten years, is one of

the finest of them. It is marked by its distinctly-petioled

comparatively broad leaves and long simple racemes of

bright scarlet flowers, which remain in perfection for a

long time. It was one of the last Bromeliads that were

described and figured by the late Professor Edouard Morren.

Like so many other garden plants there is some doubt as

to its exact native country. Professor Morren thought

that he had received it through M. Binot from the Organ

Mountains, near Rio Janeiro. Our plant was sent from

Caracas to Herr F. Worlie, of Hamburgh, and by him

given to Dr. Goeze, of the Botanic Garden at Greifswald,

in Pomerania. Dr. Goeze presented a plant to the Royal

Gardens, Kew, and from this, when it flowered last

autumn, our drawing was made. It has also been sup-

posed to have been gathered in the Andes of Peru by

Roezl, after whom it was named.

Descr. Acaulescent. Leaves about a dozen in a tuft,

with a channelled petiole six or nine inches long, and an

entire recurving chartaceous blade two or three feet long,

May lst, 1891.

an inch broad at the middle, narrowed gradually to the

petiole and acuminate apex, bright green on the face,

thinly coated with whitish lepidote, scales beneath ; out-

side rudimentary leaves without any prickles on the

margin. Pedunele stiffly erect, nearly as long as the leaves.

Raceme simple, erect, moderately dense, six or nine inches

long; axis bright red and slightly cottony; pedicels

ascending, half an inch long, bracts lanceolate-acuminate,

longer than the pedicels. Sepals lanceolate, bright red,

an inch long. Petals lanceolate-spathulate, more than

twice as long as the calyx, not scaled at the base.

Stamens nearly as long as the petals; anthers linear,

basifixed. Ovary ovoid, but little immersed; style long,

filiform ; stigmas much twisted.—J. G. Baker.

Fig. 1, Scale from the back of the leaf, enlarged ; 2, petal, life-size ; 3 and 4,

anthers; 5, ovary; 6, stigmas, enlarged.

7176.

VincentBrooksDay® Son imp

M§ del. J.N Fitch lith

ee - PAS ef, tees. game

Tas. 7176.

CHLOGYNH, Rossrana.

Native of Burma.

Nat. Ord. Oxcumrex,—Tribe ErmenpRex.

Genus Ca@ocyne, Lindl.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p. 518.)

Ca@LocyNE (Eucewlogyne) Rossiana; pseudobulbis magnis ovoideis 8-10-

sulcatis, foliis petiolatis elliptico-lanceolatis, scapo e basi pseudobulbi

brevi valido decurvo dein erecto vaginis brevibus coriaceis arcte

appressis imbricatis tecto, racemo brevi erecto paucifloro, bracteis lanceo-

latis ovaria subzquantibus caducis, sepalis anguste lanceolatis acutis

petalisque linearibus obtusis albis, labello angusto hypochilo testaceo

cristis 2 crenatis percurso, angulis (lobis lateralibus obscuris) rotundatis,

epichilo parvo ovato revoluto, columna apice obtuse triloba.

C. Rossiana, Reichb. f. in Gard. Chron. 1884, vol. ii. p. 808; Rolfe in Gard.

Chron. 1889, pt. i1. p. 650; Veitch Man. Orchid. Celogyne, p. 48; Hook.f.

Fl. Brit. Ind, vol. v. p. 8438, vi. p. 193.

When describing the Ceelogynes for the Flora of British

India, 1 knew this plant only from the description of

Reichenbach, which did not enable me to classify it under

the new arrangement of the species which I gave in that

work. I, however, suggested its affinity to be with C.

flaccida, from which it differs in the remarkable decurved

and then erect stout scape clothed from the base to the

flowers with rigid green short obtuse closely imbricating

sheaths. ‘The erect few-fld. raceme brings it nearer to

C. lentiginosa, also a native of Tenasserim, as does the

scape sheathed throughout its length; but this latter

species differs from CU. Mossiana in the four-angled pseudo-

bulb, pale green petals, and the large broad shortly clawed

epichile of the lip, which is blotched with orange. C.

Rossiana was introduced from Tenasserim by the Rev. C.

Parish, by whom plants were sent to Kew in 1878. In

1884 Mr. Ross, of Castagnolo, near Florence, flowered

plants of it procured also from Burma (probably Tenas-

serim) ; and it was named after that skilful cultivator by

Dr. Reichenbach in the same year. The plant from which

the accompanying drawing was made flowered in the Royal

Gardens in December, 1889.

May Isr, 1891.

Desor. Rhizome very stout, creeping, as thick as a

swan’s quill, clothed with short brown sheaths. Pseudo-

bulbs variable in size, when full-grown upwards of three

inches long by nearly two broad, ovoid-oblong, green, deeply

eight- to ten-grooved, naked except a few bristly remains of

former sheaths at the base. Leaves two, six to ten inches

long by two broad, elliptic- lanceolate, acuminate, strongly

five-nerved, narrowed into a petiole two to three inches

long. Scape from the base of the pseudobulb, very stout,

decurved then ascending, densely clothed with closely

imbricating short green rounded sheaths from the base

to the flowers. Raceme two to three inches long,

slender, erect, three- to four-flowered; bracts three-

quarters of an inch long, lanceolate, brown, deciduous ;

pedicels with ovary about as long as the bracts. lowers

nearly two inches broad, pure white except the brown

sides of the lip, and its yellow terminal lobes. Sepals

narrowly lanceolate, acute. Petals as long, narrowly

linear, obtuse. Lip narrow, side lobes very short, disk

with two crenate ridges ; midlobe small, ovate, revolute.

eel three-lobed at the top; anther conical, obtuse.—

slice and 2, Views of the lip; 3, column; 4, anther; 5, pollinia :—all

4 BRITISH, COLONIAL, AND FOREIGN

| FLORAS.

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Description of the

Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British ©

Isles. For the use of Beginners and Amateurs. By Grorcr Bentnam,

SS F.R.S. 5th Edition, revised by Sir J. D. Hooker. Crown 8vo,10s.6d.

| ILLUSTRATIONS of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Series of Wood

i: 4 Engravings, with Dissections, of Britjsh Plants, from Drawings by W. H.

' Fircn, F.L.S., and W. G. Sarrn, F.L.S., forming an Illustrated Companion __

ig to Bentham’s “ Handbook,” and other British Floras. 1311 Wood En-

gravings, 2nd Edition, revised and enlarged, crown 8yo, 10s, 6d, aoe

OUTLINES of ELEMENTARY BOTANY , a8 Introductory to

Local Floras. By GrorcE BentHaM, F.R.S., President of the Linnwan

Society. New Edition, 1s. ee 5

FLORA of HAMPSHIRE, including the Isle of Wight, with

J localities of the less common species. By F. Townsenp, M.A., F.L.S.

- With Coloured Map and two Plates, 16s, aes ; ie

4 HANDBOOK of BRITISH MOSSES, containing all that are

_ “28 _ known to be natives of the British Isles. By the Rev. M. J. BeekELey, —

ee al ___M.A., F.L.S. 24 Coloured Plates, 21s. Se Ras roe dea:

SYNOPSIS of BRITISH MOSSES, containing Descriptions of

z all the Genera and Species (with localities of the rarer ones) found in Great

Britain and Ireland. By Cuartes P. Hopxrex, F.L.S., &e., &e. New

Edition, entirely revised. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d. ae

THE BRITISH MOSS-FLORA. Monographs of the Families of _

British Mosses, illustrated by Plates of all the species, with Microscopic

details of their structure. By R. Brarruwaire, M.D., F.LS.. Vol. I.,

with 45 Plates, 50s. Part XI., 8s. Part XII.,7s. Part XITII., 6s.

FLORA of BRITISH INDIA. By Sir J. D. Hooxer, F.R.S.,

and others. Parts I. to XIII., 10s. 6d. each Parts XIV., XV., and XVL.,

9s.each. Vols. I. to IV., 32s. each. Vol. V., 38s. :

FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS: a Description of the Plants of the

Australian Territory. By G, Brentuam, F.R.S., F.L.S., assisted by F.

MueEtier, F.R.S. Vols. I. to VI., 20s. each. Vol. VII., 24s. Published

under the auspices of the several Governments of Australia. 5

RA of MAURITIUS and the SEYCHELLES: a Descrip-

tion of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of those Islands. By J. G. Baker,

F.L.8. Complete in 1 vol., 24s. Published under the authority of the

Colonial Government of Mauritius.

FLORA CAPENSIS: a Systematic Description of the Plants of

the Cape Colony, Caffraria, and Port Natal. By Wittiam H. Harvey, M_D.,

F.R.S., and Orro Witnetm Sonper, Ph.D. Vols. I. and II, each 12s,

ie Vol. ITI., 18s. j

} FLORA of TROPICAL AFRICA. By Danzer Ottver, F.R.S.,

F.L.8. Vols. I.to IIL, each 20s. Published under the authority of the

First Commissioner of Her Maiesty’s Works. :

HANDBOOK of the NEW ZEALAND FLORA: a Systematic

: Description of the Native Plants of New Zealand, and the Chatham,

<a Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s, Campbell’s, and Macquarrie’s Islands, By

4 xu Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. Published under the auspices of the Government

of that Colony. Complete, 42s. -

a FLORA of the BRITISH WEST INDIAN ISLANDS. By

eS Dr. Grisepacu, F.L.S. 42s. Published under the auspices of the Secre«

; tary of State for the Colonies. ee :

FLORA HONGKONGENSIS: a Description of the Flowering

Plants and Ferns of the Island of Hongkong. By Grorcr Benruam,

F.L.S. With a Map of the Island and Supplement by Dr. Hance, 18s,

Published under the authority of Her Majesty’s Secretary of State for the

Colonies. The Supplement, separately, 2s. 6d. oat a

ON the FLORA of AUSTRALIA;; its Origin, Affinities, and

Distribution. By Sir J. D. Hooxer, F.R.S. 10s.

_ CONTRIBUTIONS to THE FLORA of MENTONE, and

to a Winter Flora of the Riviera, including the coast from Marseilles to

_ Genoa. By J. TraseRne Moceriper. Royal 8vo. Complete in 1 vol,

- 99 Colonred Plates, 63s,

an ee ks

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE.

CONTENTS OF No. 557, MAY, 1891.

Tas. 7172.—YUCCA RUFRICOLA.

» 7173—HERMANNIA CRISTATA.

» 7174—WAHLENBERGIA UNDULATA.

» %175.—PITCAIRNIA ROEZLII.

» %176—CC@LOGYNE, ROSSIANA.

L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta ee Covent Garden.

Now ready, Part VI., with 8 Coloured Plates, 15s.

LEPID OPTERA INDICA,

By F. MOORE, F.Z.S.

Prospectus, with First List of Subscribers, can be had on application to the Publishers.

L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, New Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooker, 10s. 6d.

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA:

A Description of the Flowering Plants and Ferns Indigenous

to or Naturalized in the British Isles.

By GEORGE BENTHAM, FE.RS.

5th Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooxer, C.B., K.C.S.L, F.R.S., &e.

Now ready. 2nd Edition, with 1811 Wood Engravings, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE BRITISH FLORA:

A Series of Wood Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants.

Drawn sy W. H. FITCH, F.L.S., anv W. G. SMITH, F.LS.

Forming an Illustrated Companion to Bentham’s “ Handbook,” and other British Floras.

Now Reapy, price 3s. plain, 5s. coloured, Part XLVIL, of the Large paper,

Illustrated Edition of the

COLEOPTERA OF THE BRITISH ISLANDS.

BY THE

REV. CANON FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.,

_ Also Vol. I. of the Small Paper Edition, containing the Rebhace (Cicindelide,

Carabidae, and Dytiscide), the Hydrophilide, an Introduction, two structural

Plates, and Woodcuts, Price 14s., cloth. Vol. IL., peer ie. 188. — -

Vol. IIL, 16s. Vol. IV., 16s. Ce

Vol. I., Large Paper Edition, with 2 Structural and 36 Coloured Plates, price 486. y

Vol. IL., with 34 Coloured Plates, 58s. Vol. IIT., with 28 Coloured sctia. 48

: Pho iv. eee 44 Sestanles eee. 63s. oe

L - Renve & Co., 8, Henrietta Stree ie can

Paes y Sean AY nF Sane Re goa

Third Series.

No. 558.

VOL: XLVILSJUNE. 22 = Price 38, 6d. coloured, 28. 6d. plain,

or No. 1252 or rue evntine WORK.

CURTIS'S

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE,

3 COMPRISING

THE PLANTS OF THE ROYAL GARDENS OF KEW,

“AND OF OTHER BOTANICAL ESTABLISHMENTS IN GREAT BRITAIN, WITH.

SUITABLE DESCRIPTIONS; .

Sin JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER, MD, K.CSI, CB, PRS, LS.

Late Director of the Roval Botanic Gardens of Kew.

Nature and Art to adorn the page combine,

And flowers exotic grace our northern clime.

RANA ERIE

LONDON

L. REEVE anv CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

1891.

. ROYAL BOTANIC SOCIETY, Is91.

SUMMER EXHIBITION, Wednesday, June 17.

EVENING FETE, Wednesday, July 8. 8 to 12 p.m.

PROMENADES, Wednesdays in June and July; Exhibition and Féte

Days excepted.

THE NATURAL HISTORY OF PLANTS. By H. Battton, President of

ee _ the Linnaan Society of Paris, Professor of Medical Natural History and Director of the

ce Botanical Garden of the Faculty of Medicine of Paris. Super-royal 8vo. Vols. I. to

is VILI., with 3545 Wood Engravings, 25s. each.

L. REEVE & CO,, 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

_L Reeve & Co.'s Cr. 8v0 Series of Natural History.

New Edition. Now Ready.

BRITISH BEETLES; an Introduction to the

Cotrorrmra. By E.C. Rye. Revised by the Rev.

Plates, and Woodcuts, 10s. 6d,

Study of our indigenons

Canon Fowner. 16 Coloured

British Zoophytes, including the Second Edition, Rewritten and much Enlarged.

Hydroida, Actinozoa, and Polyzoa | The Edible Mollusca of Great Britain

found in Great Britain, Treland, and and Ireland, including the Oyster, Mus-

the Channel Islands. By ArTuur 8S. sel, Cockle, Scallop, Limpet, Whelk,

Prnyinaton,F.L.S. 24Plates. 10s.6d. phd Me mies and a others less com-

British Insects: a Famili ok monly known, with Recipes for Cooking

i Se i aes them. By M.S.Lovarx, 12 Coloured

and Transformation of Insects. By sien, ease

E. F. Staveney. 16 Coloured Plates, Revised Edition, entirely rearranged.

and numerous Woodcuts, 14s. Synopsis of British Mosses, contain-

British Butterflies and Moths; an tS Deseriptions of all the Genera and

Introduction to the Study of our Native Spe somntt in Great Britain and

Lermorrera. By H.T. Stanton. re and, with localities of the rarer ones.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodeuts, _ By C, P. Hopgrer, F.L.S. 7s, 6d.

10s. Gd. : British Grasses ; an Introduction to

British Bees; an Introduction to the the Study of the Grasses found in the

Study of the Natural History and — Isles. By M. Prune. “16

Economy of the Bees indigenous to the oloured Plates, and Woodeuts, 10s, 6d.

British Isles. By W. E, Savckarp, | British Ferns.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodents,

With Chapters on the

silage Structure, Propagation, Cultivation,

_ 10s. 6a. Diseases, Uses, Preservation, and Dis-

British Spiders; an Introduction to tribution of Ferns. By M. Pxvzs.

the Study of the ARANETD® found in 16 Coloured Plates, and Woodeuts,

Great Britain and Ireland, By FE. F; 10s. 6d.

{

Stavetry. 16 Colonred Plates, and | British Seaweeds. By S. O. Gray.

Woodents, 10s. 6d. 16 Coloured Plates, “ 6a.

L. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT. GARDEN,

On the Ist of every Month, price One Shilling and Threepence.

JOURNAL OF BOTANY,

BRITISH AND FOREIGN. Eprrep py JAMES BRITTEN, F.L.S.

Contains original articles by our leading British Botanists, Notices of Books,

edings of Societies, and Botanical News, Especial attention is now given

r . ;

to British Botany. There is usually at least one plate, drawn by a well-known

botanical artist,

Subseription for the.

: year 1891, payable in advance, TweLve SHILLines, post

free. Terms for Ady. 85, a

ertisements may be had on application to the Publishers, ;

London : West, Newman, & Co., 54, Hatton Garden, H.C.

Surgeon, d

‘self-cuy

(.S.del JN Fitch ith. Vincent Brooks, Day & Son [mp

LReeve &C° London,

LAB. 71745

LILIUM Henry.

Native of Central China. ©

Nat. Ord. Lintacka.—Tribe TuLIPes.

Genus Linium, Linn.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p. 816.)

Lizium (Archelirion) Henryi; bulbo magno globoso, caule 2-3-pedali crebre

foliato, foliis sessilibus lucidis inferioribus longis lanceolatis superioribus

ovatis, bulbillis axillaribus nullis, floribus paucis laxe corymbosis, perianthii

lutei segmentis lanceolatis e basi recurvatis punctis minutis rubro-brun-

neis decoratis et prope basin papillis coucoloribus preeditis, staminibus

elongatis arcuatis, stylo arcuato staminibus breviore, fructu oblongo verti-

caliter 6-suleato. — age

L. Henryi, Baker in Gard. Chron. 1888, vol. iv. p. 660; 1890, vol. viii. p. 380,

with figure.

This fine new lily is one of the many interesting plants

which have been discovered by Dr. Augustine Henry, who

during the last ten years has sent home very large collec-

tions from Western China. At the present time he is

engaged at Kew upon the distribution of his collections,

and he has kindly furnished me with the following notes

upon it. :

“ Lilium Henryi only occurs, so far as I have observed, in

two situations, both near the town of Ichang in the Hupeh

province. I saw no trace of it in my journeyings through

the higher mountains of that province, and the portion of

Szechwan bordering on it, in the year 1888.

It occurs on the grassy slopes of precipices, at an altitude

of two hundred to two thousand feet above sea-level. A

few specimens occur on the eastern side of the dome, a

mass of conglomerate which rises to about one thousand

eight hundred feet, and which lies ten miles south of

Ichang. ‘The plant is very plentiful on the right bank of

the Ichang gorge, between the villages of Ping-shan-pa

and Shih-pi-shan, and on the grassy slopes of the lime-

stone cliffs inland from the last-named village, from which

the path leads up to the Taout monastery named Yang-tai-

kuan. It does not occur in the ravines, where L. longi-

florum and Brownii are very common. It flowers in the

last half of July.

June Ist, 1891.

I procured bulbs in March, 1889, which were kindly

forwarded to Kew by Mr, Chas. Ford of the Hong-Kong

Botanic Gardens.”

It was from one of these bulbs, which flowered at Kew

for the first time in August, 1889, that our drawing was

made.

Descr. Bulb large, globose; scales oblong, fleshy, the

outer two or three inches long by an inch broad. Stem

three feet long below the inflorescence, bearing about thirty ~

sessile leaves without any bulbille in their axils. Lower

leaves lanceolate, reaching a length of six or eight inches ;

upper growing gradually smaller; uppermost ovate, not

above an inch long. Flowers few, arranged in a lax corymb

with long simple or forked branches. Perianth bright yellow,

two or three inches long; segments lanceolate, reflexing

when expanded from near the base, furnished with numerous

minute red-brown spots and towards the base with a green

keel and a few large clavate bright yellow papille.

Stamens equally arcuate, nearly as long as the perianth

Segments ; anthers linear; pollen dark orange. Style

arcuate, shorter than the stamens. Capsule oblong, pro-

minently six-suleate.—J. G. Baker.

———»~

shiaead Anther, front view; 2, anther, back view; 8, pistil complete:—all

7178

Vincent Brooks,Day & Son imp |

TAB. 1178,

CYPRIPEDIUM Krorzscuranum.

Native of British Guiana.

Nat. Ord. OrcuipEx.—Tribe CypripEDIER.

Genus Cyprirepium, Linn. ; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p- 634.)

Cyprivepium (Selenipedium) Klotzschianum; rhizomate repente, foliis pe-

dalibus vix } poll. latis rigidis caricinis acuminatis carinatis glaberrimis,

scapo glanduloso-birsuto purpureo 2-3-vaginato 2-3-floro, bracteis oblongo-

lanceolatis erectis appressis, ovario pubescente, sepalis pallidis roseo

striatis glanduloso-pilosis, dorsali ovato-lanceolato, lateralibus in laminam

cymbiformem subacutam labello subpositam confluentibus, petalis sepalis

concoloribus et duplo longicribus linearibus tortis, labello viridi-Havo

ovato-oblongo ore contracto, stamine sterili 3-lobo lobis lateralibus

divaricatis faleatis marginibus purpureo-villosis.

C. Klotzschianum, Reichh. f. ex Rich. Schomburgk Versuch. Faun. & Flor.

Brit. Guian. p. 10€9 (1848) ; in Linnea, vol. xxii. (1849) p. 811; Veitch.

Man, Orchid. pt. iv. p. 63.

C. Schomburgkianum, Klotzsch & Reichb. f. fid. Rich. Schomburgk, “Remi-

niscence of British Guiana ” (Adelaide, 1876), p. 59.

Selenipedium Klotaschianum, Reichb. f. Xen. Orchid, vol. i. p. 3.

C. Kloteschianwm was discovered in British Guiana during

the late Sir Robt. Schomburgk’s second exploring expedition

into that country, when accompanied by his brother Richard,

late Director of the Adelaide Botanical Gardens, the news

of whose lamented death has only this month reached

England. Richard Schomburgk was attached to his

brother’s party as a naturalist in behalf of the Prussian

Government, and admirably he performed his duties as such,

to the great enrichment of the botanical museums of.

Europe. In his charming “ Botanical Reminiscences of

British Guiana,”’ printed thirty years after the event, and

published in Adelaide in 1876, at p. 59, when describing

the magnificent scenery of the falls of the River Rue,

Schomburgk, dwelling on the luxuriance of the mosses and

ferns, goes on to say, “ Even the crevices of the slippery

masses of jasper were not without living vestments of

small luxuriant vegetating ferns aud Jungermannias, which

in more or less dense turf-like masses adhered to the red

June Ist, 1891.

wall. Cypripedium Schomburgkianum (Klotzsch and —

Reichb.), and the pretty Angelonia salicariwfolia, Humb.

and Bonpl., had taken their places in the crevices. The

vegetation of both sides of the banks consisted of Qualea

rosea, Aubl., Kielmeyera angustifolia, Pohl., Gomphia and

Vochysia, white flowering species of Psidiwm and Laurus,

above which rose proud slender palms, gracefully moved

by the pressure of the air from the falling waters.”

It will be observed that the original intention was to

have named this elegant species after Schomburgk, with

Klotzsch’s and Reichenbach’s names as joint authorities,

and the latter author seems to have overlooked this in call-

ing it after his collaborateur. The plant has been collected

by Mr. Im. Thurn during his celebrated ascent of

Roraima in 1885, and living plants were imported into

England by Messrs. Sander and Co. in. the following year.

_ With regard to the affinities of this species, Veitch says

in the manual, that «“ though when not in flower it is

scarcely distinguishable from (, caricinum, the nearest

affinity of the species is undoubtedly with C. Lindleyanum,”

a species also discovered by Schomburgk and in the same

Tegion. ‘Ihe broad leaves, two to two and a half inches,

much larger flowers, reticulate lip, and quadrate stami-

node, at once distinguish Lindleyanum from Klotzschianum.

In conformity with Veitch’s manual J have retained the

Species under the old genus Cypripedium, though its

undoubtedly three-celled ovary technically places it in

Selenipedium, having no hesitation in considering that the

latter genus shoud be referred to the former as a section.

The specimen figured flowered in the Royal Gardens,

Kew, in October of last year; it was obtained in 1889

from Messrs. F. Sander & Co. of St. Albans.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Staminnode, enlarged,

Vincent Brooks,Day &Son Imp.

MSdel JNFitahth

Tas. 7179.

APHELANDRA Brancuertana.

Native of Brazil.

Nat. Ord. Acantuacex, Tribe Jusvicrea.

Genus ArHELANDRA, Br, (Benth. & Hook.f. Gen. Plant. vol. ii. p. 1103).

APHELANDRA (Strobilorhachis) Blanchetiana ; glaberrima, caule crasso elato, |

foliis ovatis acntis basi in petiolum angustatis multinerviis, spica sessili,

bracteis 1}-pollicaribus erecto-patentibus lineari-oblongis mucronatis

supra medium sanguineis, bracteolis parvis setaceis, sepalis scariosis

eequilongis dorsali lineari subacuto, lateralibus lineari-lanceolatis acumi-

natis quam anticis subduplo latioribus, corolle aures tubo sepalis

zequilongo lente curvo bracteis breviore, fauce brevi inflata, labio superiore

erecto subrecurvo oblongo obtuse 2-lobo, inferioris aquilongi Jobis lineari-

oblongis obtusis revolutis lateralibus angnstioribus, antheris exsertis laxe

lanuginosis, stylo exserto, stigmate parvo infundibulare ore integro

ciliolato,

A. ameena, Bull. Cat. New &c. Plants, 1888, p. 7.

Strobilorhachis Blanchetiana, Nees in Mart. Fl. Brasil. vol. ix. p. 89.

From a comparison of Mr. Ball’s plant with a specimen in

the Kew Herbarium of Strobilorhachis Blanchetiana of Nees,

so named by that author himself, I think there can be no

doubt of their identity, though there is a difference in the

number and closeness of the nerves of the leaf, these being

more numerous and stronger in the cultivated plant. The

leaves are the same in size and form, are similarly variegated

and are narrowed below into a winged base or petiole. In

Martiu’s Flora Brasiliensis, Nees describes the stem as very

stout and herbaceous; this is remarkably the case in the

cultivated plant, the stem of which is as thick as the

forefinger, and upwards of two feet in length; the leaves

are described as with twenty pairs of nerves, but there are

not so many in the dried specimen, and there are more

in Mr. Bull’s plant, in which, too, they are more spreading.

The spikes are described as three, sessile,in A. Blanchetiana,

the median a foot long and the two lateral smaller, The

bracts are identical in size and shape in both, and are de-

scribed by Nees as rose-coloured and the flowers as yellow.

The genus Strobilorhachis was established by Link,

Juxe Ist, 1891.

Klotzsch and Otto in their “ [cones Plantarum Rariorum,”

upon A. glabra, Nees, and A. prismatica (species since united

by Nees himself), having long highly-coloared spikes, quadri-

fariously imbricating bracts, and a campanulate throat to

the corolla, to which is added in De Candolle’s Prodromus

and Martiu’s Flora, that of the stigma being compressed,

funnel-shaped and two-lobed in Strobilorhachis, whilst it is

simply two-toothed in Aphelandra. These characters are,

however, neither clear nor constant. As will be seen in the

plate here given, the stigma of A. Blanchetiana is funnel- —

shaped, but quite entire. I find this organ to vary much

in this genus.

In Martiu’s Flora A. Blanchetiana is stated to be a native

of Bahia. The specimen in Kew Herbarium was collected

in the province of Ilheos, by Moricand (n. 2087). Mr.

Bull gives Brazil as its native country, and the name

amena, given when the plant was in leaf only, in allusion to

the very attractive foliage, which is variegated with silver-

gray on each side of the midrib and primary veins. The

plant here figured, which was received from Mr. Bull,

hovered By the Royal Gardens, Kew, in August of last year. |

Fig. 1, Calyx and bracteoles and : : 5 oe

5, disk and ovary :—all ile po and style; 2 and 3, anthers; 4, stigma;

Tas. 7180.

EDGEWORTHIA Garpnert.

Native of the Himalaya.

Nat. Ord. Toymetaracex.—Tribe EutHyMELER.

Genus Epexworrata, Meissn. ; (Benth. et Hook. J. Gen. Pl., vol. v. p. 194.)

Epewortsia Gardneri; frutex ramosus subsericeo-villosus, foliis 3—5-polli-

caribus ellipticis v. elliptico-lanceolatis acutis v. acuminatis supra glabris

subtus sericeis, petiolo 3-} poll. longo, floribus in capitula globosa, sessilia

v. breviter pedunculata congestis sessilibus aureis suaveolentibus, bracteis

brevibus linearibus, perianthii tubo 3-3 poll. longo, sericeu-villoso, lobis 4

tubo multo ibdeviowieas late ovatis rotundatisve intus glaberrimis, fila-

__ mentis brevibus, antheris oblongis, ovario apice villoso, stylo villoso,

E. Gardneri, Meissn. in Denkschr. Regensh. Bot. Geselsch. vol. iii. p. 380, t. 6 ;

in DC. Prodr. v. xiv. pt. ii. p. 543 ; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vol. v. p. 195.

E. chrysantha, Lindl. in Journ. Hort. Soc. vol. i. (1846) p. 148; Bot. Reg.

1847, t.48; Meissn.in DC. l.c.; Fl. des Serres, t. 289; Gamble Man.

Ind. Timb. p. 314; Trees, Shrubs, &e., of Darjeeling, p. 67. ‘

E. papyrifera, Zuccar. in Abhandl. Math. Phys. Kl. Bair. Acad. v. iv. pt. 3,

p- 199; Sieb. & Zucc. Fam. Nat. Jap. p. 694; Miquel Prolus. Fl. Jap.

p- 299; Franch. & Sav. Enum. Fl. Jap. vol. i. p. 405.

Daphne Gardneri, Wall. in As. Research. vol. xiii. p. 388, t. 9; Cat. No. 1044;

Don Prodr, Fl. Nep. 69.

D. papyrifera, Sieb. in Act. Batav. vol. xii. p. 24.

The earliest account of this plant in any European work

(for it has been long known to the Japanese) is Wallich’s

excellent description and figure of it in the Asiatic Society’s

Researches, where it is stated to be a native of Nepal, and

where it occurs wild, and is also cultivated for its beauty

and perfume, and for the value of the bark, from which the

finest kind of ‘‘ Nepal paper” is prepared. It is singular

that Wallich’s account of it should have escaped the notice of

Royle, whose ‘ Illustrations of the Flora of the Himalaya,”

which is a veritable microcosm of the useful plants of India,

contains no allusion to Daphne Gardneri; nor is it in-

cluded in Drury’s “Useful Plants,” another comprehen-

Sive work on the economic plants of India, which has gone

through two editions. This is no doubt partly to be

accounted for by the fact that the common sort of so-

called ‘‘ Nepal paper” is made from another species of

_ June Ist, 1891,

Daphne (D. cannabina, Wall., D. papyracea, Meissn.)

of wider distribution in the Himalayas, and which extends

into the British provinces west of Nepal, where the Hdge- ©

worthia does not exist. Both plants are indeed found in ©

Nepal, but the latter alone yields the material for the finest —

paper. Nor is its use confined to Nepal, the Hdgeworthia

extends eastwards into China and Japan, in both of which

countries its value as a paper-making material is well

known. Lindley figured it in 1847 from a plant sent by

Fortune from Chusan to the Horticultural Society, but

he makes no allusion to its uses. Franchet and Savatier,

on the other hand, who include it in their Enumeration of

Japan Plants, say that it is wild in Nippon, but most com-

monly to be found cultivated for making the best kind of

paper.

The genus Hdgeworthia contains but one species, and

differs from Daphne only in the slight characters of a

longer style and stigma. It commemorates the botanical —

labours of a distinguished member of the India Civil -

Service, the late M. P. Edgeworth, F.L.S., youngest

brother of Maria Edgeworth. ‘The specific name was given —

in honour of the Honourable Edward Gardner, Political

Resident in Nepal, a valuable correspondent of the Calcutta —

Botanic Gardens, who first drew attention to the Hdge-

worthia as furnishing a paper-makine material of the best

quality. =

The specimen here figured is from a very young plant,

raised from seed sent early in 1887 by Mr. Gammie,

manager of the Government Cinchona Plantations, Dat-

jeeling, and which preduced plants that flowered in the —

present year. When full grown it makes a very handsome —

greennouse shrub. I remember a specimen at Kew some

thirty years ago that formed a round ball several feet i —

diameter covered with leaves ar.d balls of sweet-scented

golden flowers.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Perianth laid ; 2 ; a 4 ction ©

af ditto:—all enlarged, open; es and 3, anthers; 4, ovary; 5, vertical se

718]

Vincent Brooks Day & Sonimp

{S.del, IN Fitch lth

1 Rabie BAe oe

Pans 7 161s: |

COLCHICUM Srernorpet.

Native of Greece,

Nat. Ord. Littacra.—Tribe CoLcHIcEe®.

Genus Cotcuicum, Linn.; (Benth. & Hook.f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p. 821.)

Cotcnicum Sibthorpii ; cormo ovoideo magno tunicis saturate brunneis, foliis

5-6 vernalibus suberectis lineari-oblongis obtusis planis, floribus au-

tumnalibus, spathe ore obliquo lilacino, perianthii tubo elongato albido,

limbo campanulato segmentis oblongis obtusis distincte tessellatis,

, antheris magnis linearibus luteis, stigmate oblongo.

C. Sibthorpii, Baker in Journ. Linn. Soe. vol. xvii. p. 427.

C. latifolium, Sibth. § Smith Fl. Greca, t. 350, as regards the tlowers only ;

Boiss, Fl, Orient. vol. v. p. 159.

This is by far the finest of all the Colchicums which are

in cultivation. It inhabits the mountains of Greece and

Macedonia, ascending to five thousand feet above the sea-

level. It agrees with C. variegatum and Parkinsoni in its

distinctly tessellated flowers, but the segments of the

perianth are much broader, and the leaves, like those of

C. autumnale, suberect, obtuse and not at all undulated.

It is the plant which is figured by Sibthorp and Smith in

the ** Flora Greeca” under the name of (. latifolium, but

they figure the flowers only, and their description of the

leaves, on which the name Jatifolium is founded, refers to

the totally different non-tessellated broad-leaved C. by-

zantinum (Bot. Mag., tab. 1122). The present plant has

only been introduced very lately into cultivation in this

country. Our drawing was made from plants which pro-

duced flowers in the Royal Gardens, Kew, last October and

leaves at the end of February. The corms were received

from Herr Max Leichtlin in August, 1890, and flowered

freely in the open border.

Descr. Corm large, ovoid; tunics chartaceous, dark

brown. Leaves five or six, produced with the fruit in

spring, linear-oblong, suberect, dull green, not at all un-

dulated, finally a foot or more long, an inch and a half or

June Ist, 1891,

two inches broad above the middle, narrowed gradually to

the base. Flowers bright mauve-lilac, one to five to a

cluster, autumnal. Syathe lax, cylindrical, striped with

green; throat oblique, tinged with lilac. Perianth with a

stout white tube three or four inches long; limb campanu-

late ; segments oblong, obtuse, two inches long, distinctly

tessellated inside. Stamens more than half as long as the

perianth-segments ; anthers large, linear, yellow. Styles

more or less overtopping the anthers; stigmas oblong.—

J. G. Baker.

Fig. 1, Front view of anther; 2, back view of anther; 3, apex of style

with stigma ;—all enlarged,

BRITISH, COLONIAL, AND FOREIGN _

FLORAS. _ ee

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA: a Description of the

Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenons to, or naturalized in, the British _

Isles. For the use of Beginners and Amateurs. By Grorcr Benrnay,

F.R.S. 5th Edition, revised by Sir J. D. Hooker. Crown Sv0, 108-602 > =-

ILLUSTRATIONS of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Series of Wood

Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants, from Drawings by W. H.

Fircu, F.L.8., and W. G. Sarru, F.L,S., forming an Illustrated Companion

to Bentham’s “ Handbook,” and other British Floras. 1311 Wood En-

gravings. 2nd Edition, revised and enlarged, crown 8vo, 10s, 6d.

OUTLINES of ELEMENTARY BOTANY, as Introductory to

Local Floras, By Grorcr Bentnam, F.R.S., President of the Linnwan

Society. New Edition, 1s. sre Pte ay Gee

FLORA of HAMPSHIRE, including the Isle of Wight, with

localities of the less common species. By F. Townsenp, M.A., F.L.S.

x S-.00"

_ With Coloured Map and two Plates, 16s. Sis JE te Retr Fa oe

HANDBOOK of BRITISH MOSSES, containing all that are

. _ known to be natives of the British Isles. By the Rev. M. J. BrakeLey,

=) MA. Y.LB. 24 Coloured Plates,2iz,"

SYNOPSIS of BRITISH MOSSES, containing Descriptions of

all the Genera and Species (with localities of the rarer ones) found in Great

Britain and Ireland. By Caarues P. Hoskirk, F.L.S., &e., &e. New

Edition, entirely revised. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d. % ;

THE BRITISH MOSS-FLORA. Monographs of the Families of -

British Mosses, illustrated by Plates of all the species, with Microscopical

details of their structure. By R. Brairnwatre, M.D., F.L.S. Vol. L.,

with 45 Plates, 50s. Part XI., 8s. Part XII.,7s. Part XIII, 6s. ;

FLORA of BRITISH INDIA. By Sir J. D. Hooxer, F.R.S.,

and others. Parts I. to XIII., 10s. 6d. each Parts XIV., XV., and XVI,

9s.each. Vols. I. to LV., 32s. each. Vol. V., 38s.

FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS: a-Description of the Plants of the

; Australian Territory. By G. Brntnam, F.R.S., F.L.S., assisted by F.

a Mvertier, F.R.S. Vols. I. to VI., 20s. each. Vol. VII., 24s. Published

_-______ under the auspices of the several Governments of Australia. :

FLORA of MAURITIUS and the SEYCHELLES: a Deserip-

; tion of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of those Islands. By J. G. Baker,

F.L.S. Complete in 1 vol., 24s. Published under the authority of the

Colonial Government of Manritiuns. =

FLORA CAPENSIS: a Systematic Description of the Plants of

the Cape Colony, Caffraria, and Port Natal. By Wiinram H. Harvey, M_D., —

F.R.S., and Orro Wiruertm Sonprr, Ph.D. Vols. I. and Il., each 12s,

Vol. IIT., 18s, :

FLORA of TROPICAL AFRICA. By Dantet Otiver, F.R.S.,

F.L.S. Vols. I.to TIl., each 20s. Published under the authority of the

First Commissioner of Her Maiesty’s Works.

HANDBOOK of the NEW ZEALAND FLORA: a Systematic

Description of the Native Plants of New Zealand, and the Chatham,

Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s, Campbell’s, and Macquarrie’s Islands. By

Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. Published under the auspices of the Government

_ of that Colony, Complete, 42s.

FLORA of the BRITISH WEST INDIAN ISLANDS. By-

Dr. Grisrpacn, F.L.S. 42s. Published under the auspices of the Secre-

3 tary of State for the Colonies. Fhe :

FLORA HONGKONGENSIS: a Description of the Flowering

- Plants and Ferns of the Island of Hongkong. By Groxer Benruam,

F.L.S. With a Map of the Island and Supplement by Dr. Hance, 18s.

Published under the authority of Her Majesty’s Secretary of State for the

Colonies. The Supplement, separately, 2s.6d. ee

_ON the FLORA of AUSTRALIA; its Origin, Affinities, and

_____ Distribution. By Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. 10s.

NTRIBUTIONS to THE FLORA of MENTONE, and

er Flora of the Riviera, including the coast from Marseilles to

J. Tranerne Moaarincr. Royal 8vo. Complete in 1 vol,

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE.

CONTENTS OF No. 558, JUNE, 1891.

Tas. 7177.— LILIUM HENRYIT.

» %178—CYPRIPEDIUM KLOTZSCHEANUM.

» %179.—APHELANDRA BLANCHETIANA.

» 7180.—EDGEWORTHIE GARDNERI.

» #181—COLCHICUM TIBTHORPII.

L. Reeve & €o., 5, Henrietta Street, Covert Garden.

NEW EDITION OF ANNE PRATT’S FLOWERING PLANTS.

In Four Vols., medium 8vo, cloth, gilt top, price £3.

THE FLOWERING PLANTS, GRASSES, SEDGES, AND

: FERNS OF GREAT BRITAIN,

AND THEIR ALLIES THE CLUB MOSSES, PEPPERWORTS, AND HORSETAILS.

By ANNE PRATT. With 313 aceurately-coloured Plates.

This set contains all the matter and illustrations of the original six-volume edition, now out of print.

In medium Svo, cloth, gilt top, price lis.

THE GRASSES, SEDGES, & FERNS OF GREAT BRITAIN,

AND THEIR ALLIES THE CLUB MOSSES, PEPPERWORTS, AND HORSETAILS.

With 74 accurately-coloured Plates.

NE & CO., Bedford Street, Strand.

: re hee aie

FREDERICK WA

Now ready, Part VI, with 8 Coloured Plates, 15s.

LEPIDOPTERA INDICA.

By F, MOORE, F.Z.S. :

Prospectus, with First List of Subscribers, can be had on application to the Publishers.

ae L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, New Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooker, 10s. Gd.

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA:

A Description of the Flowering Plants and Ferns Indigenous

10 or Naturalized in the British Isles.

By GEORGE BENTHAM, F.R.S.

cee 5th Edition, Revised by Sir J. D, Hooker, C.B., K.C.S.L, F.R.S., &e.

Now ready. 2nd Edition, with 1811 Wood Engravings, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE BRITISH FLORA:

Series of Wood Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants.

— Drawn by W. H. FITCH, F.L.S., anv W. G. SMITH, VES...

orming an Illustrated Companion to Bentham’s “ Handbook,” and other British Fil

Ss L. Reeve & €o,, 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden .

_ PRNTED BY GILBERT AND BiviN

GTON, LD., st, JOHN'S HOUSE, CLERKENWELL, B-

Third Series.

No. 559.

VOL. XLVIL—JULY. Price 3s. 6d. coloured, 24. 6a. plain

or No. 12 53 OF THE ENTIRE WORK.

CURTIS'S

BOTANICAL MAGAZIN-

. Ee ra, ae COMPRISING

THE PLANTS OF THE ROYAL GARDENS OF KEW,

AND OF OTHER BOTANIGAL ESTABLISHMENTS IN GREAT BRITAIN, inna

SUITABLE DESCRIPTIONS; :

Sir JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER, M.D., K:08.4,685 Re, RLS.

Late Birector of the Roval Botanic Gardens of Kew.

- -

Nature and Art to adorn the page combine,

And flowers exotic grace our northern ciime.

LONDON:

L REEVE anp CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN,

1891, :

i LAU rights reserved. ]

ROYAL BOTANIC SOCIETY, 1891. _

EVENING FETE, Wednesday, July 8. 8 to 12 p.m.

PROMENADES, Wednesdays in July; Féte Day excepted.

THE NATURAL HISTORY OF PLANTS. By H. Baitton, President of

the Linnwan Society of Paris, Professor of Medical Natural History and Director ofthe —

Botanical Garden of the Faculty of Medicine of Paris. Super-royal 8vo. Vols. I. to

»VIII., with 3545 Wood Engravings, 25s. each.

; REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

“Reeve & Co.'s Cr. 80 Series of Natural History.

New Edition. Now Ready.

BRITISH BEETLES; an Introduction to the Study of our indigenous

Cotrorrera. By E.C. Rye. Revised by the Rev. Canon Fowzer. 16 Coloured

Plates, and Woodcuts, 10s, 6d. ;

British Zoophytes, including the

Hydroida, Actinozoa, and Polyzoa

Fede Rat Bibo

on,

Second Edition, Rewritten and much Enlarged.

The Edible Mollusea of Great Britain

found in Great Britain, Ireland, and and Ireland, including the Oyster, Mus-

the Channel Islands. By Arrutr S. sel, Cockle, Scallop, Limpet, Whelk,

PENNINGTON, ¥.L.S. 24Plates, 10s.6d. Periwinkle, and many others less com-

ly known, with Re ipes for Cooking

British Insects ; a Familiar Descrip- oe ae ee

tion of the ee Structure, Habive, aged Se he Loven 13 Claas

_ and Transformation of Insects, By Bee

E.F.Sravetzy. 16 Coloured Plates, Revised Edition, entirely rearranged. —

_ and numerous Woodeuts, 14s, Synopsis of British Mosses, contain-

British Butterflies and Moths > an ing Descriptions of all the Genera and

Introduction to the Study of our Native Species found in Great Britain and

Lepiporrera. By H. 'T, Srarytow. Ireland, with localities of the rarer ones.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodeuts, By C. P. Hopxier, F.L.S. 7s. 64.

10s. 6d.

British Grasses ; an Introduction to

British Bees ; an Introduction to the

Study of the Natural History and

* Economy of the Bees indigenous to the

British Isles. By W. EB, SHUCKARD,

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodeuts,

10s, 6d,

British Spiders; an Introduction to

the Study of the ARANEID® found in

the Study of the Grasses found in the

British Isles. By M. Puuzs. 16

Coloured Plates,and Woodcuts, 10s. 6d.

British Ferns, With Chapters on the

Structure, Propagation, Cultivation,

Diseases, Uses, Preservation, and Dis-

tribution of Ferns, By M. PLUES.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

10s, 6d.

Great Britain and Ireland. By E, F,

STaveLey. 16 Coloured Plates, and

Woodcuts, 10s. 6d.

British Seaweeds. By S. 0. Gmar-

16 Coloured Plates, 10s. 62.

L. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

On the Ist of every Month, price One Shilling and Threepence.

JOURNAL OF BOTANY,

BRITISH AND FOREIGN - Ebrrep sy JAMES BRITTEN, F.L.S. , =

Contains original articles by our leading British Botanists, Notices of Books,

eedings of Societies, and Botanical N ews. Especial attention is now given

har ieee There is usually at least one plate, drawn by a well-known 23

a Subscription for the year 1891, payable in advance, TWELVE SHILLINGS, post

_ free. Terms for Advertisements may be had on application to the Publishers,

London: Wesr, Newman, & Co., 54, Hatton Garden, H.C.

: Hoe CURE FOR DEAFNESS.—A book by a noted

, urgeon, describing a System of Curing Deafness and Noises me

‘oe eee Vincent Brooks,Day & Son inp

I. Reeve &C° London

Tas. 7182.

MUSA Bassoo.

Native of the Liu-Kiu Archipelago.

Nat. Ord. Sciraminex.—Tribe MusEz.

Genus Musa, Linn.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl., vol. iii. p. 655.)

Musa Basjoo; caudice cylindrico elongato, foliis paucis oblongis viridibus

8-9-pedalibus petiolo crasso pedali marginibus ad basin alatis, pedunculo

crasso patulo subpedali, floribus in spicam densam subcernuam aggregatis,

bracteis oblongis subcoriaceis brunneis, floribas fwmineis biseriatis

12-15-nis bracteis deciduis, masculorum bracteis arcte imbricatis per-

sistentibus, petalo ovato acuminato calyce breviter quinquedentato vix

breviori, fructu oblongo-trigono.

M. Basjoo, Sieb. & Zucc. in Verhand. Batav. Genoot. 12 deel. (1830) p. 18

(name only); Franch. & Savat. Enum. Plant. Jap. vol. ii. p. 20 (in note) ;

So Mokou Zoussetz, vol. iii. tab. 1; Kurz. in Journ. Agric. Hort. Soc. Ind.

N.S. vol. vy. p. 164.

M. japonica, Hort. Veitch; Rev, Hort. 1889, p. 491.

The present plant has entirely the habit and general

characters of Musa sapientum, but differs from all the very

numerous forms of the cultivated Plantains and Bananas,

botanically, by having a petal nearly or quite as long as

the spathaceous calyx, and climatically by being able to

flower and fruit under a lower temperature. The plant

from which our drawing and description were made

flowered freely and developed its fruit to full size, but

without ripening, in the large temperate house at Kew,

side by side with Musa Ensete. In identifying it with

Musa Basjoo I rely mainly upon the figure in the So

Mokou Zoussetz, as neither Siebold and Zuccarini, nor

Franchet and Savatier give a description. It is said to

be a native of the Liu-Kiu Archipelago, which stretches

from Japan nearly down to Formosa, and to be cultivated

frequently in the south of Japan for the sake of the fibre

of its leaves, like M. tewtilis in the Philippine Islands. It

was introduced from Japan into cultivation in Eng-

land, by Messrs. Veitch, through their collector, M.

Maries. Plants of it were grown for several years

in the open air in their nursery at Coombe Wood. Our

Jury lst, 1891.

drawing was made from a plant received from Messrs.

Veitch that flowered at Kew in the temperate house last

summer, —

A monograph of the genus Musa is much wanted. There

is an excellent paper, by the late Dr. Sagot, in the Journal

of the Society of Horticulture of France for 1887, and,

Kurz began in the Journal of the Agricultural and Horti-

cultural Society of India, for 1878, a paper which was cut

short in an early stage by his death, but there is nothing

of the character of a botanical monograph of later date

than Horaninow’s “ Prodromus Monographie Scitami-

nearum,” which was published in 1882, and it is now

quite out of date so far as this genus is concerned,

Descr. V'runk cylindrical, reaching a length of nine feet

and a diameter of seven inches in the plant drawn, and

producing suckers like M. sapientum. Leaves few in a

tuft ; blade oblong, bright green, eight or nine feet long by

about two feet broad, with the two sides han ging down from

the green midrib ; petiole stout, a foot long, with the edges

winged down to the base. Peduncle stout, arcuate, a foot

long, very smooth, two inches in diameter; spike dense,

rather drooping, a foot or a foot and half long; clusters

of female flowers three or four, containing each twelve or

fifteen flowers arranged in two rows, subtended by a de-

ciduous coriaceous broad oblong brown bract eight or twelve

inches long; male clusters eight or ten, their bracts per-

sistent and much imbricated, Calyx whitish, spathaceous,

two inches long, five-toothed at the apex. Produced petal

ovate-acuminate, nearly or quite as long as the calyx.

famens as long as the calyx. Unripe fruit oblong-

trigonous, about three inches long by an inch in diameter.

—_ . Baker,

Figs. 1 and 2, Petals, life size

: ; 3, stamen of male flower rather enlarged.

he bract is from one of the low

er clusters, drawn half its length and breadth.

7183

OAS won we ee Tee

Vincertt Brooks Day &Sonimp-

Tas. 7188.

HIBISCUS venvstus.

Native of Tahiti?

Nat. Ord. Matvacrez.—Tribe Hisiscex.

Genus Hiiscus, Linn. ; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. i. p. 267.)

Hisiscus (Ketmia) vexustus; fruticosus, totus cano-stellato-tomentosus,

ramis robustis, foliis amplis longe petiolatis inferioribus 12-18 poll. latis

orbicularibus breviter 5-7-lobis, basi profunde cordatis, pedunculis

robustis, floribus amplis albis, epicalycis foliolis calyci aquilongis fere

liberis ovato-oblongis subacutis patulis, calycis subinflati lobis brevibus

obtusis 3-nerviis, petalis calyce triplo longioribus obovatis nervosis

ciliolatis albis basi roseo suffusis, filamentis brevibus, antheris rubris,

stigmatibus inclusis clavatis sanguineis, capsulis seminibusque hirsutis.

H. venustus, Blume Bijdr. 71.

Abelmoschus venustus, Walp. Rep. Bot. vol. i. p. 309. .

A magnificent species, of which the native country is

doubtful. It was first described by Blume from specimens

cultivated in Java, where it occurs with both single and

double flowers, under the native name of Waru Landake.

There is a specimen of it in the Kew Herbarium collected

by the late Dr. Horsfield, in Java, differing in no respects

from that here figured, except in that the bracts of the

epicalyx are rather narrower. Its nearest ally is the

common H. mutabilis of India and Malaya, which differs

in the lobes of the epicalyx being cut into linear segments.

In Walper’s ‘“‘ Repertorium” H. venustus is erroneously re-

ferred to the section Abelmoschus of Hibiscus, in which the

calyx is spathaceous.

The specimen figured is from a plant grown by A.

Kingsmill, Esq., of Harrow, an ardent horticulturalist, and

a correspondent of the Royal Gardens, and is supposed to

have been procured from the island of Tahiti, It flowered

in January, 1879.

Descr. A large shrub, everywhere clothed with a short

close pubescence of stellate hairs; branches stout, terete.

Leaves petioled, the lower very large, reaching eighteen

inches in diameter, nearly orbicular in outline, seven-lobed

and deeply cordate at the base, the upper three to five-

lobed ; lobes in all broadly triangular, acute, irregularly

JuLY lst, 1891,

crenate; nerves five to seven, spreading from the top of

the petiole, strong beneath; upper surface dark green,

lower pale; petiole terete, stout, of the lower leaves six

to eight inches long, of the upper shorter. Peduncles three

to four inches long, one-fid., stout, erect or inclined.

Flowers inclined, three inches in diameter. Epicalyw of

five green ovate-oblong spreading segments slightly ad-

hering at the base. Calyx short, rather inflated, shortly

tive-lobed ; lobes broadly triangular, obtuse, strongly three-

nerved. Petals one and a half inch long, broadly obovate,

ciliate, strongly nerved, white or pale cream-coloured,

suffused with pink at the base. Staminal column short;

filaments about one quarter of an inch long, whitish,

anthers yellow. Style short, with five large spathulate

recurved bright-red stigmas. Capsule two-thirds of an

inch long, hirsute. Seeds small, reniform, hairy.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Portion of leaf, showing the under surface; 2, stamen; 3, ovary;

4, transverse section of ditto :—al/ enlarged,

Vincent Brocks Day &Senimp

Tas. 7184.

SYNADENIUM anrporzEscens.

Native of Natal.

Nat. Ord. Evrnopracrz.—Tribe EvrHorBiex.

Genus SyNADENIUM, Boiss.; (Benth, et Hook. f. Gen, Pl. vol. iii. p. 261.)

SynapENiuM arborescens ; fruticosum, caule ramisque crassis foliis subsessilibus

cuneato-obovatis subacutis v.apiculatis obscure crenulatis supra saturate

viridibus lucidis nervis reticulatis subtus pallidis, cymis foliis brevioribus,

involucris breviter pedicellatis 2-bracteatis, bracteis quadratis involucrum

zquantibus pedicellisque puberulis.

S. arborescens, Boiss. in DC. Prodr, v. xv. pt. ii. p. 187.

Euphorbia arborescens, H. Mey. in Drege, Docum, p. 184 (non Roxb.),

E. cupularis, Boiss, Cent. Euph. p. 23.

I assume the subject of this plate to be the Synadenium

arborescens of Boissier, a native of Natal, of which I have

seen no authentic specimens, and which is hitherto the only

described species known from that country, although it

differs a little from Boissier’s ptherwise excellent description

in the form of the bracts that enclose the involucre and other

minute characters. The bracts in Boissier’s plant are said

to be velvety, ovate, and mucronulate; but in this they are

quadrate, truncate and nearly glabrous. Further, I do not

find in the Kew plant that the fem. flower is enclosed in a

membranous tube, which is indeed a generic character.

It must, however, be borne in mind that the analyses of

the inflorescence of dried specimens of these succulents is

a very hazardous operation, and I hesitate to found a

species on characters of organs so minute and so liable to

distortion. Onthe other hand, there may be more than one

species. of Synadenium in Natal. The genus extends into

tropical Africa (see S. Grantii, t. 5633) and Madagascar.

S. arborescens has long been in cultivation at Kew, having

been received from the late J. Sanderson, Esq., of Natal,

to whom the Royal Gardens are indebted for many interest-

ing and ornamental plants figured in this work. It flowered

in November in the succulent house.

Descr. A glabrous succulent shrub four feet high,

JULY Ist, 1891.

with spreading terete branches ; branchlets nearly as thick

as the little finger, bluish-green, speckled with white, tips

obtuse. Leaves towards the tips of the branches, three to

three and a half inches long, spreading and drooping, sub-

sessile, fleshy, cuneately obovate, apiculate, obscurely crenu-

late, very dark-green and shining above with spreading

nerves and reticulate nervules, pale blue-green and

quite smooth beneath, with a strong midrib and no visible

nerves. Cymes in the axils of the uppermost leaves and

about half their length, di- trichotomously branched ;

peduncle half to three-quarter inch long, as thick as a

small goose-quill, dark-green, speckled with white like

the branches, glabrous; pedicels one-quarter of an inch

long, puberulous ; bracts at the forks and base of the in-

volucres opposite, quadrate, concave, puberulous, as long

as the involucre, all pale green. Involucre one-quarter to

one-third of an inch in diameter, yellow, formed of five mem-

branous hyaline quadrate scales with lacerate tips, connate

at the base, and seated in a fleshy hemispheric cup which

18 crenulate on the margin within (this cup answers to the

large glands on the involucre of Euphorbia, which are here

confluent). Male fl. (each of a single stipitate stamen)

numerous, in five fascicles opposite the involucral scales,

mixed with linear hairy lacerate bracteoles. Fem. fl. a

stipitate trigonous pistil (often imperfect) in the centre

of the involucre, with a short style swollen in the middle,

ae Na diverging stigmas, each forked at the tip—

+. ne 1, Branch of cyme with two bracts at the fork, and an involucre with

its two bracts; 2, involucre with the cup removed; 3, vertical section of

involucre showing the cup, the involucre scal female

flowers; 4, scale of involtions —all slants = ee

: 7185

Vincent Brooks Day &Son imp

Tas. 7185.

MASDEVALLIA pLatyGuLossa.

Native of New Grenada?

Nat. Ord. OncuipEx. Tribe HPIDENDREA.

Genus Maspevaiia, Ruiz. & Pav. (Benth. & Hook.f. Gen. Plant. vol. iii. p. 492).

Masprvauia (Coriaceze) platyglossa ; cxspitosa, foliis petiolatis oblongo- v.

elliptico-lanceolatis v. oblanceolatis subacutis coriaceis dorso carinatis,

etiolo basi vagina tubulosa brunnea instructo, pedunculis foliis aqui-

fonts pendulis v. decurvis robustis 2-3-vaginatis 1-2-floris, vaginis

. tubulosis oblique truncatis, floribus intra bracteam tubulosam truncatam

pedicellatis, perianthio alte 9-costato pallide flavo, sepalis coriaceis infra

medium in tubum inflatum hemisphericum gibbosum basi subtruncatum

connatis, dorsali triangulari-ovato acuminato recurvo, lateralibus paullo

brevioribus, petalis columne equilongis oblique quadratis late unguicu-

latis, labello sessili oblongo plano apice rotundato ultra medium granulato,

columna apice crenata.

M. platyglossa, Reichb. f. in Gard. Chron. 1882, ii. 252.

The nearest ally of M. platyglossa is M. coriacea, Lindl.

(M. Bruck-mullert Hort.), which differs in the more slender

scapes, longer apices of the sepals, and very stout petiole,

and, according both to preserved specimens and to the

figure given in Karsten’s Flora of Columbia, in the erect

scapes. The native country of M. platyglossa is not known,

but as its nearest ally is from Bogota, it will probably prove

to be New Grenada. It was first described by Reichenbach

from a plant which flowered in 1882 in the rich collection

of Sir Trevor Lawrence, to whom the Royal Gardens of

Kew are indebted for the specimen here figured, which

flowered in July, 1888.

Descr. Densely tufted. Leaves three to four inches

long, oblong- or elliptic-lanceolate or oblanceolate, acute,

coriaceous, keeled at the back, narrowed into a slender

petiole one to two inches long, which is closely invested at

the base by a cylindric brown truncate sheath. Scapes

as long as the leaves or longer, one- rarely two-fid., pen-

dulous or decurved, as thick as a crow-quill, bearing about

three tubular loose sheaths a third to half an inch long, of

a pale greenish-yellow colour with obliquely truncate pink

JuLy Ist, 1891,

sheaths. Bracts like the sheaths of the scape, but broader.

Flower shortly pedicelled, pale yellow, except the ovary

which is streaked with bright red. Perianth about an inch

- long and nearly as broad ; sepals coriaceous, strongly three-

ribbed, united for about a third of their length into an in-

flated very gibbous cup with an almost truncate base ;

dorsal sepal triangular-ovate, acuminate, recurved, lateral

rather narrower and shorter. Petals erect on each side of

the column, and as long as the latter, linear, dilating into

an obliquely tetragonal limb. Jp sessile, broadly oblong,

nearly fiat, yellow suffused with red-brown, obscurely three-

nerved towards the base, tip rounded, distal third above

granulate. Column stout, apex dilated, rounded and

regularly crenate. Pollinia ovoid.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Petals, lip, and column; 2, column; 3, anther; 4, pollinia:—all

enlarged,

7186

- Vincent Brooks,Day&Son imp.

Tas. 7186.

STENOGLOTTIS tonarrortra.

Native of Natal.

Nat. Ord. Orncntpex.—tTribe OrnrypEx.

Genus Stenoctortis, Lindl,; (Benth. & Hook.f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p. 622.)

Srenoctortis longifolia ; foliis numerosis ensiformibus acuminatis marginibus

undulatis concoloribus, v. nigromaculatis scapo robusto bracteis numerosis

_lanceolatis dorso purpureo maculatis instructo, spica multiflora, bracteis

_ ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis recurvis herbaceis ovario brevioribus, sepalis

late ovatis obtusis, petalis minoribus erosis, labello lineari apicem versus

trifido lobis subulatis intermedio paullo longiore lateralibus bifidis.

S. fimbriata, Lindl. var.; N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron, 1889, v. ii. p. 438.

The genus Stenoglottis has hitherto been represented by

a single species, S. fimbriata, Lindl. (Tab. 5872), also a

- native of Natal, with much shorter oblong leaves narrowed

at the base and blotched with black, a very slender scape

with few erect narrow bracts, and much fewer and smaller

more secund flowers, the lateral lobes of the lip of which

are entire. Notwithstanding these differences, it is

suggested to me by Mr. N. E. Brown, who has carefully

studied the plant of both species in the Gardens, that they

may prove forms of one, for disregarding the great differ-

ence in size, the principal difference between them is in

the form of the leaves. Mr. Watson, on the other hand, who

has both species under cultivation, at Kew, informs

me that they keep quite distinct. In the Genera

Plantarum (vol. ii. p. 622), and in the Journal of the

Linnean Society (vol. xviii. p. 533), Stenoglottis is regarded

by Bentham as being perhaps too nearly allied to Her-

minium, assuming that the glands of the poilinia are naked

as in that genus; but in both 8. fimbriata and longifolia,

the glands, which are very minute, appear to me to be

contained in pouches formed by folds of the rostellum. If

this is so, the position of the genus is not in the subtribe

Habenariee, but in Ophrydew. This character of the naked

or pouched glands of the pollinia is often very difficult of

Juty lst, 1891,

detection, and when examining the species of Habenaria

for the Flora of British India, it appeared to me that in some

of the minuter Indian species, the glands, which are nor-

mally naked in the genus, were really hidden under a fold of

the rostellum. Except in wanting a spur, I should regard

Stenoglottis as referable rather to Habenaria than to Her-

minium ; but as the latter genus passes by insensible gra-

dations into Habenaria, it may be a question whether,

except from difference of habit, all these might not be

combined.

The column and its appendages are not accurately

described either by Lindley or in the “ Genera Plantarum.”

They are very difficult of examination in dried specimens,

but the analyses in Tabs. 5872 and 7186 of this work may,

I think, be depended on, agreeing as they do in all essential

points, though made by different artists. The column is

exceedingly short, with two parallel anther cells separated

at the base by a very short triangular erect rostellum. On

either side of the anther is a short adnate staminode, with

glandular apex, and rising from the base of the column on

either side of the rostellum there project two erect styli-

form bodies as long as the anther itself, which I assume to

be stigmatic processes, inasmuch as I find them to be

Sometimes covered with adherent pollen grains. Similar

| _many Habenarias, varying greatly

m development from simple tubercles on the column to

elongate clubs lying along the sides of the lip or curving

round the mouth of the spur.

Fig. 1, Top of ovary lip and column ; 2, lip; 3, side view of column showing

the staminodes and stigmatic processes; 4, front view of do., with the pro-

ces eb

greatly enlarged” showing also the rostellum ; 5, pollinium and gland: all

Chiey Sevies.

No. 560.

. é

VOL. XLVII.—AUGUST. Price 3s. 6d. coloured, 2s. 6a. plain,

or No. 1254 OF THE ENTIRE WORK.

CURTIS'S

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE,

- COMPRISING

& ‘THE PLANTS OF THE ROYAL. GARDENS OF KEW,

AND OF OTHER BOTANICAL ESTABLISHMENTS IN GREAT BRITAIN, WITH: Ht

SUITABLE DESCRIPTIONS; 3

Sm JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER, M.D. K.CS1, CB, PRS, ELS

Late Director of the Ropal Botanic Garvens of Kew.

PALL AALS LIAL LP

Nature and Art to adorn the page combine,

And flowers exotic grace our northern clime.

LONDON:

IL. REEVE axp 00., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN -

1891,

_ [AU rights reserved]

THE SPECIES

COUNTRIES.

91 Plates in Portfolio, 25s.

Plates, 32s,

THE NATURAL HISTORY OF PLANTS. B

the Linnwan Society of Paris, Professor of Medical Na

Botanical Garden of the Faculty of Medicine of Paris,

VIII., with 3545 Wood Engravings, 25s. each.

Part II., 137 Plates in Portfolio, 40s.

to Vol. I., 12 Plates, 10s. 6d. Vol. II., 104 Plates, 32s, 6d.

THE NARCISSUS, ITS HISTORY AND CULTURE, with Coloured

Figures of all known Species and Principal Varieties.

Review of the Classification by J. G. Baker, F.L.S8, Super-royal 8vo, 48 Coloured

OF FICUS OF THE INDO-MALAYAN AND CHINESE

By Groree Kine, M.B., LL.D., F.L.S. Part ase

Super-royal 8vo.

L. REEVE & ©O., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

L Reeve & Co.'s Cr. 8vo Series of Natural History.

New Edition.

BRITISH BEETLES; an Introduction t

CotzopreRa. By E. C. Ryr.

Plates, and Woodcuts, 10s, 6d.

British Zoophytes, including the

Hydroida, Actinozoa, and Polyzoa

found in Great Britain, Ireland, and

the Channel Islands. By Arntuur S.

PENNINGTON, F.L.S. 24 Plates. 10s.6d,

British Insects ; a Familiar Deserip-

tion of the Form, Structure, Habits,

and Transformation of Insects, By

£. F. Staveney.

and numerous Woodcuts, 14s.

British Butterflies and Moths ah

Introduction to the Study of our Native

LEPIDOPTERA. By H. T. Staryton,

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

10s. 6d.

British Bees ; an Introduction to the

Study of the Natural History and

Economy of the Bees indigenous to the

British Isles. By W. E, Sxucrarp.

46 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

10s. 6d.

British Spiders; an Introduction to

the Study of the ARANEIDE found in

Great Britain and Ireland. By E, F,

Stavenzy, 16 Coloured Plates, and

Woodcuts, 10s, 6d. :

16 Coloured Plates,

Now Ready.

Second Edition, Rewritten and much Enlarged.

The Edible Mollusca of Great Britain

and Ireland, including the Oyster, Mus-

sel, Cockle, Scallop, Lithpet, Whelk,

Periwinkle, and many others less com-

monly known, with Recipes for Cooking

them. By M.S. Lovent, 12 Coloured

Plates, 10s. 6d,

Revised Edition, entirely rearranged.

Synopsis of British Mosses, contain-

ing Descriptions of all the Genera and

Species found in Great Britain and

Ireland, with localities of the rarer ones.

By-C..2: Hoperrk, F.L.S. 7s. 6d.

British Grasses: an Introduction to

the Study of the Grasses found in the

British Isles, By M. Pruzs. 16

Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts, 10s, 6d.

British Ferns. With Chapters on the

Structure, Propagation, Cultivation,

Diseases, Uses, Preservation, and Dis-

tribution of Ferns, By M, Puiuvgs.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

10s, 6d,

British Seaweeds. By S. O, Gray.

16 Coloured Plates, 10s, 6d.

L, REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

SE coaermcmmammn ee

Contains original articles by our leadin

Toceedings of Societies, and Botanical N

ny. There is usually at least one plate, drawn by a well-know

botanical artist.

Subscription for the

free, Terms for Ad

year 1891, payable in advance,

vertisements may be had on appli

ews. Especial attention is now given

Small Folio,

Appendix

By F. W. Bursivesr, and a

y H. Battton, President of

tural History and Director of the

Vols. I. to

o the Study of our indigenous

Revised by the Rev. Canon Fow:er. 16 Coloured

g British Botanists, Notices of Books,

BRITISH, COLONIAL, AND FOREIGN

FLORAS.

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA; a Description of the

Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British

Isles. For the use of Beginners and Amateurs. By Grorer BENTHAM,

F.R.S. 5th Edition, revised by Sir J. D. Hooker. Crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Series of Wood

Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants, from Drawings by W. H.

Fircn, F.L.S., and W. G. Smrrn, F.L.S., forming an Illustrated Companion

to Bentham’s ‘‘ Handbook,” and other British Floras. 1311 Wood En.

gravings. 2nd Edition, revised and enlarged, crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.

OUTLINES of ELEMENTARY BOTANY, as Introductory to

Local Floras, By Grorce Benruam, F.R.S., President of the Linnewan

Society. New Edition, 1s,

FLORA of HAMPSHIRE, including the Isle of Wight, with

localities of the less common species. By F. TownsEnp, M.A., F.L.S.

_ With Coloured Map and two Plates, 16s. :

ANDBOOK of BRITISH MOSSES, containing all that are

____ known to be natives of the British Isles. By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY,

___ M.A., F.L.S. 24 Coloured Plates, 21s.

SYNOPSIS of BRITISH MOSSES, containing Descriptions of

all the Genera and Species (with localities of the rarer ones) found in Great

Britain and Ireland. By Oaarues P. Hosxirk, F.L.S., &., &e. New

Edition, entirely revised. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.

THE BRITISH MOSS-FLORA. Monographs of the Families of

British Mosses, illustrated by Plates of all the species, with Microscopical

details of their structure. By R. Brairnwarre, M.D., FS. Vol. Ly

with 45 Plates, 50s. Part XI., 8s. Part XII.,7s. Part XIII., 6s.

FLORA of BRITISH INDIA. By Sir J. D. Hooxer, F.R.S.,

and others. Parts I. to XIII.,10s.6d. each Parts XIV., XV., and XVL,

9s.each. Vols. I. to IV., 32s. each. Vol. V., 38s.

FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS: a Description of the Plants of the

Australian Territory. By G. Bentuam, F.R.S., F.L.S., assisted by F.

_ Muetrer, F.R.S. Vols. I. to VI., 20s. each. Vol. VII., 24s. Published

_ ______ under the auspices of the several Governments of Australia.

FLORA of MAURITIUS and the SEYCHELLES: a Descrip-

_ tion of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of those Islands. By J. G. Baker,

F.L.S8. Complete in 1 vol., 24s. Published under the authority of the

Colonial Government of Mauritius.

FLORA CAPENSIS: a Systematic Description of the Plants of

the Cape Colony, Caffraria, and Port Natal. By Winutam H. Harvey, M.D.,

F.R.S., and Orro Witnetm Sonper, Ph.D. Vols. I. and IL., each 12s,

Vol. ITT., 18s.

FLORA of TROPICAL AFRICA. By Dante Otiver, F.R.S.,

F.L.S. Vols. I. to IIT., each 20s. Published under the authority of the

First Commissioner of Her Maiesty’s Works.

HANDBOOK of the NEW ZEALAND FLORA: a Systematic

Description of the Native Plants of New Zealand, and the Chatham,

Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s, Campbell’s, and Macquarrie’s Islands, By

Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. Published under the auspices of the Government

of that Colony. Complete, 42s.

FLORA of the BRITISH WEST INDIAN ISLANDS. By

Dr. Griseracn, F.L.S. 42s, Published under the auspices of the Secre-

tary of State for the Colonies. oe

FLORA HONGKONGENSIS: a Description of the Flowering

Plants and Ferns of the Island of Hongkong. By Grorcr BENTHAM,

F.L.S. With a Map of the Island and Supplement by Dr. Hance, 18s.

Published under the authority of Her Majesty’s Secretary of State for the

eee Colonies. The Supplement, separately, 2s. 6d. oe

ON the FLORA of AUSTRALIA; its Origin, Affinities, and

ae Distribution. By Sir J. D. Hooxer, F.R.S. 10s.

CONTRIBUTIONS to THE FLORA of MENTONE, and

_ to a Winter Flora of the Riviera, including the coast from Marseilles to

_ Genoa. By J. Traserne Moceriper. Royal 8yo. Complete in 1 yol.

Coloured Plates, 63s. _

EVE & CO. 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE.

CONTENTS OF No. 559, JULY, 1891.

Taz. 7182.—MUSA BASJOO.

» %188—HIBISCUS VENUSTUS.

» %¢184.—SYNADENIUM ARBORESCENS.

» ¢185.—MASDEVALLIA PLATYGLOSSA.

» (186.—STENOGLOTTIS LONGIFOLIA.

L, Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, Part VI., with 8 Coloured Plates, 15s.

LEPIDOPTERA INDICA,

3y F. MOORE, F.Z.S.

Prospectus, with First List of Subscribers, can be had on application to the Publishers.

ei,

L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, New Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooker, 10s. 6d.

y =

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA:

A Description of the Flowering Plants and Ferns /ndigenous

10 or Naturalized in the British Isles.

By GEORGE BENT HAM, F-.R.S.

Sth Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooxen, C.B.. K.C.S.L, F.R.S., &e.

lini

Now ready. q Rnaravia. ids: Gr Eee

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE BRITISH FLORA:

4 Ser 1s of Wood Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants.

‘Drawn py W. H. FITCH, F.LS., anv W. G. SMITH, F.L.S.

mpanion to Bentham’s « Handbook,”

2nd Kdition, with 1311 Woo

and other British Floras.

Now READY, price 3s, plain, 5s. coloured, Part ADLIX.,

Illustrated Edition of the

COLEOPTERA or THE BRITISH ISLANDS.

BY THE

REV. CANON FOWLER, MOA FP 1S.,

Also Vol. I. of the Small P

Carabide, and Dytiseix

Plates, and Woodeuts,

Vol. Iil., 16s. Vol

Vol. I, Large Paper Edition, with 2 Structural and 36 Coloured Plates, price 48s.

Vol. IT., with 34 Coloured Plates, 58s. Vol. IIT, with 28 Coloured Plates, 48s.

Vol. IV., with 44

of the Large paper,

aper Edition, containing the Adephaga (Cicindelide,

lie), the Hydrophilide, an Introduction, two structural

Price 14s., cloth. Vol. II., Staphylinide. 18s.

- IV., 16s:

Coloured Plates, 63s.

jovi. & fics ore '

L. Rerve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

: anthem ep mecrmaiena cae e nme pas —— so A

RINTED gy GILBERT anp RIVINGTON, LD., ST, JonN’s HOUSE, CLERKENWELL, ier

7187

Vincent Brooks, Day & San Imp

MS. del, JN Fitch ith

Tas. 7187.

FARADAYA SPLENDIDA.

Native of Queensland.

Nat. Ord. VERBENACE#.—Tribe VITICE.

Genus Farapaya, I’, Muell,; (Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. ii. p. 1154.)

Faravaya splendida; fratex glaberrimus alte scandens, foliis amplis oppositis

longe petiolatis ovatis acuminatis basi 3-nerviis rotundatis v. cordatis,

leete viridibus lucidis penninerviis, ima basi inter nervos glanduliferis,

cymis terminalibus laxe multifloris, pedunculis bracteolatis, bracteolis

minutis oppositis, calyce oblongo spathaceo valvatim 2-labiato, corolla

albz tubo calyce duplo longiore angaste infundibulari, lobis 4 oblongis

obtusis patulis, staminibus 4 filamentis corollz limbo longioribuspantheris

aie oblongis, ovario brevi 4-lobo pubescente, stylo gracillimo apice

bifido.

F. splendida, F. Muell. Fragm. vol. v. p. 212 ; Benth. Fl. Austral. vol. v. p.69.

A very handsome tropical climber, dedicated by Baron

von Mueller to the renowned physicist, Michael Faraday, in

the following terms: ‘‘Genus exiimium ornavi nomine

illustrissimi Michaelis Faraday, D.O.L., LL.D., Chemin

in regio instituto Britanniw Professoris Fulleriani, philo-

sophi per orbem celebrati.”’

_ When discovered it was supposed to be monotypic, but

two additional species have been since made known, one

from the Fiji Islands, 2’. vitiensis (Seem. FI. Viti, t. 44) ;

the other from New Guinea, is described by Baron Mueller

as I’. ternifolia. The genus is closely allied to Vitex, dif-

fering chiefly in the spathaceous two-lobed calyx and lobed

ovary. I’. splendida was first collected at Rockingham

Bay, by Mr. Dallachy, and has since been found (in 1873)

much further north, in the Cape York Peninsula, by Mr.

W. Hann, about thirty miles from the coast, when collect-

ing for the Queensland Government. Mr. Hann describes

the fruit as of the size, shape, and colour of a hen’s egg,

and containing a very acrid kernel.

F, splendida was sent to the Royal Gardens, Kew,

from those of Brisbane in 1879; it now forms a climber

in the Palm-House, the branches of which extend for

Aveust Ist, 1891,

some distance along the gallery rail, and almost reach

the top of the house, 60 ft. above the ground. It is

conspicuous by its handsome bright green foliage, and

copious panicles of very fragrant snow-white flowers,

which first appeared in September of last year. The allied

F. papuana of New Guinea is also in cultivation at Kew,

but has not yet flowered.

Desor. A tall, perfectly glabrous climber, with bright

green terete rather soft branchlets, which, as well as the

petioles and branches of the cyme, are streaked or spotted

with white. Leaves six to eighteen inches long, ovate or

oblong-ovate, accuminate, bright green, reticulated beneath,

penninerved and three-nerved at the rounded or cordate

base, where are situated some large orbicular glands,

visible on both surfaces ; petiole three to six inches long,

teretes Cyme laxly trichotomously branched, nearly a |

foot across; peduncles three-quarters to one inch long,

with several pairs of minute bracts distant from the flower.

Flowers jointed on the peduncles, very shortly pedicelled.

Calye an inch long, oblong, green, at length splitting into —

two valves. Corolla white, tube not twice as long as the

calyx, narrowly funnel-shaped; lobes four, as long as the

tube, oblong, tips rounded. Filaments straight, longer

than the corolla-lobes, subequal, erect, slightly hairy below

the middle; anthers small, yellow. Ovury short, broad,

four-lobed, pubescent, four-celled; cells one-ovuled; style

very slender, as long as the filaments, tip bifid.—J. D. H.

_ Fig. 1, Calyx in the act of splitting: : how-

ing the svameiad rt oc & ing; 2, calyx with one-half removed, 8

section of ovary :—ail oN ag anthers; 5, ovary and pedicel; 6, transverse

7188.

MSd

Vincertt Brooks Day &Son Imp

L. Reeve & @° London.

Tas. 7188.

CYPRIPEDIUM oatirornicum.

Native of California,

Nat. Ord. Oxcnipex, Tribe Crpripepiex,

Genus Cyprirepium, Linn, (Benth. & Hook.f. Gen. Plant. vol. iii. p. 634).

Crrrirepium (Folios) californicum; glanduloso-puberulum, pluriflorum,

foliis ovato-oblongis lanceolatisve acutis multinerviis, bracteis foliaceigs

flores multo longioribus, sepalo dorsali erecto elliptico subacuto, lateralibus

connatis labello subpositis, petalis sepalis wquilongis lineari-oblongis

subacutis, labello obovoideo globoso intus basi piloso, staminodio sub-

sessili reniformi, stigmate parvo quadrato, capsulis reflexis.

C. californicum, A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. vol. vii. p. 889; S. Wats. Bot.

Calif. vol, ii. p. 138.

The plicate-leaved Cypripedia are confined to the north

temperate regions, and are for the most part natives of

North America, where ten species occur, eight of them on

the east side of the continent, and two, both different from

the eastern species, on the west side. In Europe, on the

other hand, there is but one species, the British C. Cal-

ceolus, which extends into Asia, and is represented in the

Himalaya by C. cordigerum, distinguished more by colour

than by better characters. In the same mountain range

the Asiatic C. macranthon appears, which extends into

Northern Asia and Japan. Of other plaited-leaved species

two differ from their congeners in haying two opposite

leaves on the stem; they are C. elegans, Reichb. f. of the

Sikkim Himalaya, and the fan-leaved C. japonicum, which is,

from the singularity of the foliage, of all the most desirable

to have in cultivation.

Of the North American species C. californicum is nearest

in habit to C. passerinum, Richardson, a plant known to me

only from specimens collected in latitude fifty-eight degrees

North by Sir John Richardson, when accompanying Sir

John Franklin’s expedition to the Polar Sea more than

half a century ago. In size and form of flower, foliage,

&e., C. passerinum and californicum are identical, but the

Aveust Ist, 1891.

first named is single-flowered and has a very different and

oblong staminode.

C. californicwm is confined to the northern parts of the

state of California, where it inhabits damp woods and

open swamps, growing with Darlingtonia in the valley of

the Sacramento river. The only other Californian species,

the sweet-scented O. montanum, Dougl. (QC. occidentale,

Wats.), has not been introduced into Europe.

For the specimen of C. californicum, here figured, I am

indebted to W. E. Gumbleton, Esq., of Belgrove, Co. Cork,

with whom it flowered in May of last year.

Descr. Glandular-puberulous. Stem one to two feet,

leafy throughout. Leaves three to four inches long, from

broadly ovate to lanceolate, acute, many-nerved. lowers

in the axils of large leafy bracts, one to one and a quar-

ter inches across the petals, sessile; ovary decurved.

Sepals pale brownish yellow ; dorsal erect, elliptic, sub-

acute, five-ribbed; lateral completely united into an

entire boat-shaped acute limb under the lip. Petals as

long as the sepals, spreading, linear-oblong, obtuse, dull

yellow. Lip rather longer than the sepals, obovoidl

globose, hairy at the base within, white with a little pin

on the inverted lips and obscurely spotted with pale brown.

Staminode subsessile, broader than long, reniformly ob-

cordate, rather longer than the small quadrate stigma.

age 2 v0 thirds of an inch long, oblong, reflexed.—

Fig. 1, Top of ovary,

1 : ae - ns

WRG AEE tack vow of ddd ne en

ew of stamen :—al/ enlarged.

7189

Vincent, Brooks Day &San Ia

L. Reeve & C° London.

M.S.del, JN Fitch hith.

Tas. 7189.

PLEUROTHALLIS tmursa.

Native of New Grenada.

Nat. Ord. Orcu1ipExZ.—Tribe Eprpenprex.

Genus Prevroruatiis, R. Br.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p. 488.)

PLEUROTHALLIS (Elongate) immersa; candice repente, caulibus brevibus

vaginatis, foliis oblanceolatis subacutis breviter petiolatis, scapo solitario

gracili folio longiore basi sulco medio folii abscondito, vaginis paucis bre-

vibus appressis acutis, racemo elongato nutante multifloro, floribus

secundis pendulis fusco-purpureis, bracteis parvis lanceolatis, sepalis

rectis lineari-oblongis dorso alte carinatis intus pubescentibus, lateralibus

- in laminam Acgeate sequilongam sed paullo latiorem apice bidentatam

coalitis, petalis parvis columne squilongis spadellaformibus -obtusis,

labello oblongo obtuso recurvo granulato, carinis 2 crassis leevibus percurso,

P.immersa, Lindl. et Reichb. J. in Bonplandia, vol. iii. p. 223; in Walp. Ann,

Bot. vol. vi. p.177; Lindl. Fol. Orchid. Pleurothall. p. 38, n. 236; Rolfe

in Gard. Chron. 1889, vol. i. p. 74.

The division of the immense genus Pleurothallis (it

contains upwards of 850 species) into natural groups

characterized by limitable characters presents great diffi-

culties, and the labours of Lindley, Reichenbach, and

Bentham in this direction are not harmonious. Thus

_ Reichenbach, in Walper’s Annals, refers P. immersa to a

group of which the type is Pl. chamensis, but as he has

some thirty or forty of such types, and gives no charac-

ters for his types, nothing definite is gained thereby.

He further says that P. immersa is allied to P. bicarinata,

_@ species that nowhere appears in his enumeration ; it is

. however figured in this work (t. 4142) and shows no ver

close affinity with P. immersa, except in that the sepals

are keeled at the back. Lindley in his * Folia Orchidacea,”

places P. immersa in the group Apode Cespitose, with

which as that group is defined by both himself and

Bentham it appears to me to be altogether at variance ;

the Apode being minute tufted species of altogether

different habit. According to Bentham’s grouping of the

Species (in Gen. Plant.) it falls naturally into his first

division of Elongate floribunda, having an elongate many-

Avaust Ist, 1891.

fid. raceme longer than the leaves and secund flowers,

wherein is included P. bicarinata.

P, immersa is a native of New Grenada, where it was

discovered by Linden. Its name is derived from the

character of the lower part of the scape being firmly

wedged into the central furrow towards the base of the

leaf and being thus completely concealed. The specimen

figured was contributed from the rich orchid collection of

the Glasnevin Gardens, and flowered in the Royal Gardens,

Kew, in March of last year.

Descr. Rootstock shortly creeping, sending up short

single-leaved stems about an inch high, that are clothed

with two acute brown sheaths. Leaves three to six inches

long, oblanceolate, acute, tapering into a short petiole,

deeply grooved down the centre. Scape longer than the

leaf, green, very slender, its base tightly gripped for over

two inches by the base of the leaf; sheaths of scape few,

short, appressed, acute, brown. aceme four to six inches

long, drooping, many-fid.; bracts small, tubular, acute,

shorter than the pedicels. Flowers pendulous (from the-

_ decurved ovary and pedicel) two-thirds of an inch long,

brown-purple, two-lipped, pubescent within; lips straight,

oblong, upper (dorsal sepal) acute, strongly keeled, lower

(of the two lateral sepals) as long, bifid at the tip. Petals

one-fourth the length of the sepals, paddle-shaped, as long

as the column. Lip recurved, oblong, obtuse, granulate

on the surface with two elevated longitudinal smooth

intary eB

st “peared lage a mucronate tip as long as the petals

Fig. 1 and 2, Flowers ; 3, do, with . d lip;

5; lip; 6, anth er; %, pollinta =—-af? te Po removed; 4, column and lp

7790.

Vincent BrodksDay & Son, Lrup-

Fitch, ith

c a

> del, ‘eis

Tas. 7190.

SYNANTHERIAS synvarioa.

Native of India.

Nat. Ord. AnomEa.—Tribe Pyruoniez.

Genus Synantuznias, Schott.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p- 972.)

SrnantTueERsas sylvatica; folio longe petiolato pedatisecto, segmentis late-

ralibus dichotomis intermedioque irregularite sectis pinnatifidis vy,

bipinnatifidis, laciniis ultimis lanceolatis lineari-lanceolatisve, pedunculo

gracili striato, spatha brevi cylindraceo-campanulata oblique hiante acuta

v. apiculata fusco-viridi irrorato-maculata, spadice breviter stipitata,

infl. mascula cylindracea exserta, staminibus sparsis vy. varie aggregatis,

_ feminea brevi inclusa, ovariis globosis 2-3-locularibus, organis neutris

uniseriatis oblongis depressis rugosis, appendice caudiformi valde

elongato pallide brunneo, basi paullo incrassato. :

S. sylvatica, Schott Gen. Aroid. t. 28; Prodr. Syst. Aroid. p. 176; Engler

Monog. Arac. p. 320.

Brachyspatha sylvatica, Schott Synops. Aroid. p. 35; Engler l.c. 314,

B. zeylanica, Schott Syn. Aroid. p. 36.

Amorphophallus zeylanicus, Blume Rumph. vol. i. p, 148; Thwaites Enum.

p. 335.

A. sylvaticus, Kunth. Enum. vol. iii. p. 34; Dalz. & Gibs. Bomb. FI. p. 259.

Arum sylvaticum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. vol. iii. p- 511; Wight Ic. Pl, Ind.

Or. t. 802.

Arum polyphyllum, &c., Herman Hort. Ingd. Bat. 60.

Arum foliis palmatis, &c., Van Royen Hort. Lugd. Bat, vii. p. 2.

Dracunculus zeylanicus polyphyllus 8, Linn. F. Zeylan. p. 198 et 422.

Dracontium caule immaculato, &c., Hermann Parad. Batav. p- 88.

After a careful comparison of the specimen in the

Kew Herbarium with the description and drawings of

Roxburgh, Schott, Engler, and the plant here drawn,

Tam convinced that all refer to the same plant. Dis-

regarding the descriptions of the authors of the last

century (which I have extracted from Blume), it is first

and excellently described and figured by Roxburgh in the

collection of drawings which he had made in India

(now at Kew), and the figure is copied in “ Wight’s

Icones.” In it the so-called neuter flowers are each repre-

sented in their positions between the male and female

inflorescences, and are described as smooth irregular

glandular bodies. It is the presence of these which dis-

Av6ust 1st, 1891,

tinguishes Synantherias from Amorphophallus ; and it was

owing to their being overlooked, or disregarded, that led

to the plant being placed in the latter genus by Blume.

In one respect only the specimen here figured differs from

Synantherias (as also from Amorphophallus) and that is in

the anthers not being collected round a disk, but scattered

irregularly over the surface of the spadix. This, however,

is in accord with Roxburgh’s drawing and description,

which are the authorities for Synantherias; the fact being

that the character is a very unstable one, the anthers being

only partially aggregate in Ceylon specimens, and densely

so in Bombay ones.

Whether Synantherias should be retained as a distinct

genus, or be referred to the section Brachyspatha of Amor-

phophallus (with which it agrees in all other characters

except the presence of neuter organs), or form a separate

section of the latter genus, is a doubtful matter. It is very

closely allied to the Javanese A, (Brachyspatha) variabilis,

Blume, and until more is known of its immediate allies, it

may remain where Schott and Engler have left it.

S. sylvatica is probably widely spread in the Deccan

Peninsula ; Roxburgh had it brought to him at Sarnulkote,

where he cultivated it, from the mountains of the Circars ;

Dalzell and Gibson state that it is common in the Southern

Concan, and there are specimens in Kew Herbarium from

Bombay and Malabar, According to a note of Schott’s in

Engler’s Araceze. Am. zeylanicus is a native of Java as well

as India. In Ceylon it was discovered in the middle of the

last century,

The plant here figured was sent from the Botanical

Gardens, Ceylon, to those of Kew in 1886, where it

flowered in a stove in May 1890, and sent up a leaf in

October of the same year.—J. D, H,

: Fig. 1, Portion of spadix with male, female, and neuter flowers; 2, stamen ;

%, Ovary; 4, vertical section of ditto :—all enlarged,

7797.

és iu.

roy

ce)

¢ &

M.S.del, IN Fitch Jith,

L Reeve & C9 London.

Tab; 7191:

REHMANNIA (Trianophora) rupgstris.

Native of China.

Nat. Ord. ScropuHuLariInes&.—Tribe DIGiItTaLEm.

Genus Renmaynia, Libosch.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl., vol. ii. p. 960.)

ReuManyia (Trianophora) rupestris ; tota albo-lanuginosa v. glabrata, cau-

libus ramosis ramisque crassiusculis pendulis, foliis orbiculari-ovatis

obtusis grossis crenatis nervis subtus crassis, floribus in axillis solitariis

sessilibus y. in ramos subracemosis, bracteolis 2 linearibus, calycis cylin-

dracei alte 10-costati lobis brevissimis erectis 3-fidis, corolla laxe glan-

duloso-pilose tubo elongato lente curvo calyce triplo longiore, lobis tubo

multo brevioribus rotundatis, ovario 2-loculari, capsula (placentis septicide

solutis) 1-loculari, seminibus minimis,

R. rupestris, Helmsl. in Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. xxvi. p. 195.

Mr. Hemsley in describing this remarkable plant observes

that it differs essentially from all the other species of the

genus in the thick usually woolly leaves on long petioles,

and in the multifid calyx. Hitherto one species of the

genus alone had been in cultivation, 2. glutinosa, Libosch

(Lt, chinensis, tab. 3653), a reference to the plate of which

shows how widely different these two are in these and other

respects. The genus is now known to consist of six or

seven species, natives of China, Formosa, and Japan. Its

systematic position was considered uncertain, whether re-

ferable to Cyrtandracee or Scrophularinee according as

whether the ovary is one-celled with parietal placentation,

or two-celled with the placentas on the septum. Judging

from the placentation of f&. rupestris and that of R.

angulata, Hemsl. (R. glutinosa, var. angulata, Oliv. in

Hook. Ic. Plant t. 1589), the placente appear to meet

in the axis of the young ovary and be there united, but to

separate afterwards; and as the habit, estivation of the

corolla, and other characters of the genus ally it to the

tribe Digitalee of Scrophularinee, its position in the latter

order has been, no doubt rightly, generally conceded.

ft. rwpestiis was discovered by Mr. A. Henry in the

province of Hupeh, growing only in almost inaccessible

Aveust lst, 1891,

places, on the face of mountain cliffs. It bears the Chinese

name of Ai-pai-ts’ai, or Cliff Cabbage, and is much esteemed

as a medical simple. Mr. Henry in his notes states that

the flowers are rose-coloured, when it may be assumed

that they vary in colour, as-they are decidedly pale cowslip

yellow as grown at Kew, with a faint pinkish flush on the

back of the corolla tube, and the throat is dotted with red

on each side within.

I may suggest Trianophora (a Greek name for Neptune’s

Trident), as a sectional name for this plant, in allusion to

the trifid calyx teeth, deferring the question of its form-

ing a genus distinct from Rehmannia until the genus is

more fully represented, as it will doubtless be by additions

from unexplored China.

The plant here figured was raised from seed taken from

a specimen collected by Dr. Henry. It flowered in a cool

greenhouse of the Royal Gardens in August, 1888, and

died after flowering.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Flower viewed dorsally; 2, calyx and style; 3, portion of corolla

with stamens; 4 and 5, anthers; 6, ovary; 7, sketch of the whele plant

reduced ; all but Sig. 1 enlarged. ! se

epee ise COLONIAL, AND FOREIGN

FLORAS.

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Description of the

Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to, or ‘haturalined in, the British

Isles. For the use of Beginners and Amateurs. By GrorcE BENTHAM,

F.R.S. 5th Edition, revised by Sir J. D. Hooker. Crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Series of Wood

Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants, eas Drawings by W. H.

Fircu, F.L,.S., and W. G. Suir, F.L.S. , forming an Illustrated Companion

to Bentham’s “ Handbook,” and other British Floras. 1311 Wood En-

gravings. 2nd Edition, revised and enlarged, crown 8yvo, 10s. 6d.

OUTLINES of ELEMENTARY BOTANY, as Introductory to

Local Floras, By Grorcr BentrHam, F.R.S., President of the Linnwan

Society. New Edition, 1s.

FLORA af HAMPSHIRE, including the Isle of Wight, with

localities of the less common species. By F. Townsenp, M.A., F.L.S.

oe With Coloured Map and two Plates, 16s.

HANDBOOK of BRITISH MOSSES, containing all that are

Soe, a to be natives of the British Isles. By the Rev. M. J. Berketey,

_s MA., F.L.8. 24 Coloured Plates, 21s.

e ‘SYNOPSIS of BRITISH MOSSES, containing Descriptions of

all the Genera and Species (with Tobalitien of the rarer ones) found in Great

Britain and Ireland. By Cartes P. Hosxrek, F.L.8., &c., &c. New

Edition, entirely revised. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.

THE BRITISH MOSS-FLORA. Monographs of the Families of

British Mosses, illustrated by Plates of all the species, with Microscopical

details of their structure. By R. Brairuwaire, M.D., F.LS. Vol. L.,

with 45 Plates, 50s. Part XI., 8s, Part XII.,7s. Part XIII., 6s.

FLORA of BRITISH INDIA. By Sir J.D. Hooxer, FR. S.,-

and others, Parts I. to XIII., 10s. 6d. each Parts XIV., XV., and XVL,

9s. each. Vols. I. to IV., 32s. each. Vol. V., 38s.

FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS: a Description of the Plants of the

Australian Territory. By G. Bentham, F.R.S., F.L.S., assisted by F.

Muetier, F.R.S. Vols. I. to VI., 20s. each. Vol. VIL., 24s. Published

=: under the auspices of the several Governments of Australia.

FLORA of MAURITIUS and the SEYCHELLES: a Descrip-

tion of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of those Islands. By J. G. BAKER,

F.L.S. Complete in 1 vol., 24s. Published under the authority of the

Colonial Government of Mauritius.

FLORA CAPENSIS: a. Systematic Description of the Plants of

the Cape Colony, Caffraria, and Port Natal. By Witniam H. Harvey, M.D.,

F.R.S., and Orro Witnetm Sonper, Ph.D. Vols. I. and IL, each 12s.

Vol. TH: 18s,

FLORA of TROPICAL AFRICA. By Dante Oxtver, F.R.S.,

F.L.§. Vols. I.to IIL, each 20s. Published under the authority of the

First Commissioner of Her Maiesty’s Works.

HANDBOOK of the NEW ZEALAND FLORA: a Systematic

Description of the Native Plants of New Zealand, and the Chatham,

Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s, Campbell’s, and Macquarrie’s Islands. By

Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. Published under the auspices of the Government

of that Colony. Complete, 42s.

FLORA of the BRITISH WEST INDIAN ISLANDS. By

Dr. Grisepacn, F.L.S. 42s. Published under the auspices of the Secre-

tary of State for the Colonies.

FLORA HONGKONGENSIS: a Description of the Flowering

Plants and Ferns of the Island of Hongkong. By GrorcE BENTHAM,

F.L.S. With a Map of the Island and Supplement by Dr. Hance, 18s.

Published under the authority of Her Majesty’s Secretary of State for the

Colonies. The Supplement, separately, 2s. 6d. *

ON the FLORA of AUSTRALIA; its Origin, Affinities, and

Distribution. By Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. 10s.

ese CONTRIBUTIONS to THE FLORA of MENTONE, and

- ta a Winter Flora of the Riviera, including the coast from Marseilles to

Genoa. By J. Tranerxe Moccripcr. Royal 8vo. Complete in 1 vol.

: 99 Coloured Plates, 63s.

6 Ors eT chta Street. Covent Garden.

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE.

CONTENTS OF No. 560, AUGUST, 1891.

TaB. 7187.—FARADAYA SPLENDIDA.,

» 7188—CYPRIPEDIUM CALIFORNICUM.

» %189.—PLEUROTHALLIS IMMERSA.

» %190.—SYNANTHERIAS SYLVATICA.

» (191—REHMANNIA anaes 35 a RUPESTRIS.

L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden

Now ready, Part VI., with 8 Coloured Plates, 15s

LEPIDOPTERA INDICA,

. By F. MOORE, F.Z.S.

Prospectus, with First List of Subscribers, can be had on application to the Publishers

L. REEVE & Co,,.5, Henrietta Street, Covent Ga-den

Now ready, New Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooxgr, 10s.:6d

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA:

A Description of the Flowering Plants and Ferns /ndigenous

to or Naturalized in the British Isles.

Bry GEORGE BENTHAM, F.RS.

5th Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooker, C.B., K.C.S.L, F.R.S., &e

Now ready. 2nd Edition, with 1311 Wood Engravings, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE BRITISH FLORA:

A Series of Wood Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants.

Drawn sy W.H. FITCH, F.LS., anv W. G. SMITH, F.L:S.

_ Now Reapy, price 3s. plain, 5s. coloured, Part XLIX.,, of the al paper,

Illustrated Edition of the

| COLEOPTERA OF THE BRITISH ISLANDS.

BY THE

REV. CANON FOWLER, M. FS, Fe :

Also Vol. I. of the Small Paper Edition, containing the Adephaga (Cicindelide, __

Carabid, and Dytiscide), the Hydrophilide, an Introduction, twostructural

____ Plates, and Woodcuts. Price 14s., cloth. Vol. if. See | 18s.

ooo. Vol. 1 16s ‘Vat: 1Y. 462, ee

Vol, L., Large Paper Edition, with 2 Structural and 36 Ovloured Plates, price se

Val as with 34 Coloured Plates,

58s. Vol. IID, with 28 Coloured Plates, 48s.

Vol. i ee dest 44 Coloured Plates, 63s.

—_—

S Reeve «& Co, 5, , Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

PRINTED BY omasat AnD atvENGroN, LD., sr. Tomns HOUSE, cua

Be kage!

oe an Illustrated Companion to Bentham’s « Handbook;’ and other British Floras

Chit Series.

No. 561.

VOL. XLVII.—SEPTEMBER. Price 3s, 6d. coloured, 2s. 6d. pial

or No. 1255 OF THE ENTIRE WORK,

) CUR TLAS - -

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE,

Z ‘THE PLANTS OF THE ROYAL GARDENS OF KEW,

AND OF OTHER BOTANICAL ESTABLISHMENTS IN GREAT BRITAIN, wits

SUITABLE DESCRIPTIONS ;

Sir JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER, M.D., K.CS.L, C.B., F.R.S., F.LS.

Late Director of the Ropal Botanic Gardens of Kew.

Nature and Art to adorn the page combine,

And flowers exotic grace our nerthern clime.

ON ESR

LONDON:

L REEVE 4nd CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

1891,

Now Seen

BRITISH FUNGI, Phycomycetes and Ustilaginee.

By Georee Massex (Lecturer on Botany to the London Society for the

Extension of University Teaching). Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.

Now ready, with a Supplement of nearly 400 pages, 2 vols.,

with 24 Coloured Plates, 36s.

BRITISH FUNGOLOGY.

By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY, M.A,, F.LS.

Re-issue. With a Supplement of nearly 400 pages by

WORTHINGTON G. SMITH, F.L.S.

L, REEVE & CO,, 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

_L Reeve & Co.'s Gr. 8v0 Series of Natural History.

4 New Edition. Now Ready.

se BRITISH BEETLES; an Introduction to the Study of our indigenous

_ Corzorrera. By E.C. Rye. Revised by the Rev. Canon Fowier. 16 Coloured

Plates, and Woodcuts, 10s. 6d,

British Zoophytes, including the

- Hydroida, Actinozoa, and Polyzoa

found in Great Britain, Ireland, and

_ the Channel Islands. By Antuur 8.

_ Penyineton,¥.L.S. 24Plates. 10s.6d.

_ British Insects ; a Familiar Deserip-

tion of the eet; Structure, Habits,

nd Transformation of Insects. By

. STAVELEY, 16 Coloured Plates,

d numerous Woodcuts, 14s.

troduction to the Study of our Native

IDOPTERA. By H. T. Srarnron,

; Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

Os. 6d.

th Bees ; an Introduction to the

tudy of the Natural History and

conomy of the Bees indigenous to the

‘itish Isles. By W, E, Sauckarp,

y E. F,

foodeuts, 10s. 6d.

‘ish Butterflies and Moths;. an

Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

AVELEY. 16 Coloured ics and —

L. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

Second Edition, Rewritten and much Enlarged.

The Edible Mollusca of Great Britain

and Ireland, including the Oyster, Mus-

sel, Cockle, Scallop, Limpet, Whelk, —

Periwinkle, and many others less com-

monly known, with Recipes for Cooking -

them. By M.S.Loverz, 12 Coloured —

Plates, 10s. 6d,

Revised Edition, entirely saasnenzet

Synopsis of British Mosses, contain-

ing Descriptions of all the Genera and

Species found in Great Britain and

Ireland, with localities of the rarer ones.

By C, P. Hoprrex, F.L.S. 7s. 6d.

British Grasses ; an Introduction to

the Study of the Grasses found in the

British Isles. By M. Prvzs. 16

Coloured Plates,and Woodceuts, 10s, 6d.

British Ferns. With Chapters on the

Structure, Propagation, Cultivation,

Diseases, Uses, Preservation, and Dis-

tribution of Ferns. By M, Prvzs.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

10s. 6d.

British Seaweeds. By S. 0. Gear.

16 Coloured Plates, 10s. 6d.

: cea articles i, our ee British ‘Potuniets. Noti c

societies, and Botanical News.

There i sere at —_ one plate

- Especial: attention

wn by a

Tas. 7192.

HERITIERA macropryta.

Native of the East Indies.

Nat. Ord. SrercuLiace%.—Tribe SrErcuLien.

Genus Henitiera, Ait.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen, Plant., vol. i. p. 219.)

HeEritizra macrophylia; arborea, ramulis foliis subtus petiolisque argenteo-

lepidotis, foliis amplis longe petiolatis oblongis v. oblongo-lanceolatis

acuminatis penninerviis basi cuneatis v. rotundatis 3-nerviis paniculis

foliis brevioribus pubescentibus, calycis urceolato-campanulati 5-7-lobi

lobis acutis, fructibus oblique subglobosis rostratis, rostro compresso

uncinato. :

H. macrophylla, Wall. ex Voigt Hort. Suburb. Calcutt. (1845),103; Kurz For.

Fl. Brit. Burm. vol. i. p. 141; in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xlii. pt. ii.

p-61; in Trim. Journ. Bot. N.S. vol. iii. (1874), p. 66,t. 141, f.7; Pierre,

Flore Forest. Cochinch. t. 204.

Trocuetia P contracta, Wail. Cat. n. 1162.

Heritiera macrophylla has been long known in cultivation

as the Looking-glass plant, under which name it has been

widely distributed from Kew, where it forms a conspicuous

feature in the Palm House, for its handsome foliage, bright

green above and opaquely silvery beneath, like the silver-

ing of the back surface of a mirror. It was, however,

assumed to be a variety of the common tropical Asiatic

littoral H. littoralis, Dryand, and as such it is included by

Dr. Masters, in the Flora of British India (vol. i. p. 363), as

a synonym, H. macrophylla, Hort., of that species. It had,

however, previously (in 1845) been recorded as a species

of Wallich’s, by Voigt, in his ‘“ Hortus Suburbanus Cal-

cuttensis,” but without any description, which latter did

not appear till 1845, when Kurz gave a fresh account of it

in the “Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,” and

almost contemporaneously in the ‘*‘ Forest Flora of British

Burma,’’ both published after the citation of the plant in

the Flora of British India. For the synonym Trochetia ?

contracta, Wall., I am indebted to a note under H. lLittoralis

by Dr. King in the Journal of the Bengal Asiatic Society

(vol. Ix. pl. ii. p. 80), where that author alludes to H.

macrophylla as very distinct from H., littoralis.

SEPTEMBER Ist, 1891.

H. macrophylla is a rather large evergreen tree, a native

of the forests of Eastern Bengal, Silhet, Munnepore,

' Chittagong, and Tenasserim. In India, unlike H. littoralis,

it does not affect the sea.coast or tidal swamps, but in

Cambodia, according to Pierre, it is a coast plant and

inhabits the delta of the Mekong river. It differs from the

last named species in the much larger size of the longer

petioled, more acuminate leaves, and especially in the fruit,

which instead of being oblong, polished, and winged with

a compressed rounded apex, is nearly globose, rough, and

furnished with an abrupt flattened beak. The fruit,

indeed, is the main character, for the leaves of both species

vary extremely in size, form, and length of petiole.

H. littoralis, which forms a small tree in the tidal

estuaries of India, Eastern Africa, the Malayan, Australian

and Pacific Islands, was long in cultivation at Kew, having

been introduced by Sir Joseph Banks in 1780. I remem-

ber it there as a stunted pot-plant, and its being discarded

in favour of H. macrophylla, which, as mentioned above,

Was supposed to be a more vigorous form of the same

Species. In the Sunderbunds H. littoralis, called Sundri by

the Bengalis, forms the chief arboreous vegetation, and

affords a hard, tough, durable wocd that sinks in water,

much used for firewood, furniture, and boat-building. It

has the peculiarity of sending up tough shoots like tent-

pegs from the roots all round the parent plant, that render

walking through a Sundri forest very trying.

I find no allusion to H. macrophylla in any of the Indian

F orest works or reports to which I have access, though if

its timber has properties approaching those of the Sundri it

should, on account of the greater size of the tree, prove

valuable, and its cultivation be attempted.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Portion of flow

2, male flower ; 3,

—all enlarged,

ering panicle with two males and one female flower;

stamens; 4, anther; 5, ovary ; 6, acarpel cut longitudinally :

7193

Vincent Brooks Day &S

L Reeve & C°? London.

1: DRE ee OR ge

= TAR, Toe

TULIPA Sinrenest.

Native of Armenia.

Nat. Ord. Lin1acem,—Tribe Turirres.

Genus Tuutra, Linn.; (Benth. et Hook. Sf. Gen. Plant., vol. iii. p. 818.)

Tuuira Sintenesii ; bulbo magno globoso tunicis exterioribus intus dense stri-

gosis, foliis 4. confertis lanceolatis ascendentibus glaucis glabris, pedunculo

brevissimo stricto glabro, perianthio campanulato, segmentis conformibus

oblongis acutis intus splendide rubris basi conspicue nigro maculatis,

staminibus perianthio triplo brevioribus, ovario cylindrico-trigono stig-

matibus parvis.

T. Sintenesii, Baker in Gard. Chron. 1891, vol. i. p. 330.

This new dwarf tulip belongs to the Gesneriana group.

It comes nearest to T. undulatifolia (Bot. Mag. tab. 6308)

and 1’, Hichleri (Bot. Mag. tab. 6191) differing from the

former by its less acuminate perianth-segments and flat

leaves, and from the latter by its dwarf habit and narrow

perianth-segments. It was discovered by the collector

after whom it is named, who has travelled extensively

during the last three years in Turkish Armenia and sent

home many interesting novelties, both in a living and dried

state. It was collected at Schuschnass, near Erzeroum,

and a stock of bulbs was sent to Herr Max Leichtlin, of

Baden Baden. Our drawing was made from a plant that

flowered at Kew in March, which was raised from one of

the bulbs which he presented to the Royal Gardens.

Desor. Bulb globose, an inch in diameter ; outer tunics

brown, membranous, very hairy inside, but the hairs not

at all loose and woolly, as in 7. montana. Leaves four,

crowded, lanceolate, ascending, glaucous, glabrous, the

outer half a foot long, aninch broad. Pedunele very short,

stiffly erect, glabrous. Perianth campanulate, two inches

long ; segments nearly uniform in Shape, oblong, acute,

dull pale glaucous red outside, bright scarlet inside, with a

large black blotch on the claw, with an obscure yellow

‘SEPTEMBER Ist, 1891,

border. Stamens one-third the length of the perianth;

filaments short, black, glabrous at the base; anthers

linear, Ovury cylindrical-trigonous, as long as the sta-

mens; stigmas very small.—J. G. Baker.

Figs. 1 and 2, stamens; 3, ovary :—all enlarged,

MS. del, J NFrtchiith

Tas. 7194.

CITRUS AURANTIUM, var. Bercamta,

The Bergamot Orange.

Nat. Ord. Ruracez. Tribe AURANTIEZ.

Genus Citrus, Linn. (Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Plant. vol. i. p. 305).

Citrus Aurantium, var. Bergamia; arborea, laxe ramosa, ramulis sepius

inermibus, summis angulatis viridibus, foliis ovato-oblongis acutis inte-

rrimis, petiolo simplici v. anguste alato, floribus inter minoribus albis,

ctibus majusculis globosis v. pyriformibus pallide aurantiacis, glandulis

_ minutis depressis, carne pallida acidula, cellulis valde elongatis.

C. Aurantium, var. Bergamia, Wight & Arn. Prodr. Flor. Penins. Ind. Or.

p- 98 ; Brandis For, Fl. N.W. & Cent. Ind. pp. 52,572; Hook. f. Fl.

Brit. Ind. vol. i. p. 515.

C. Limetta, var., DC. Prodr. vol.i. p. 539.

C. Bergamia, Risso et Poiteau Hist. Orang. p. 111, t. 53-56; Ed. ii. p. 82;

Benth. & Trim. Med. Pl. vol. i. t. 52; Pereira Met. Med. vol. ii. pt. ii.

p. 2082; Fliichkiger & Hanbury, Pharmacograph. Ed. ii. p. 121.

C. Aurantium Bergamium, Duham. Traité des Arbres, Ed. Nov. vol. vii. p. 98,

t. 26, £. 3.

C. Limomum Bergamotta, Duham. l. ¢. p. 81.

C. Limetta mela-rosa, Duham. l. c. p. 75, t. 35, f.1; C. Bergamia, p. 76;

C. Bergamia stellata, p. 76, t. 31, f. 1; Bergamia Peretta, p, 76, t. 24/2.

The Bergamot or Bergamotte Orange is a tolerably dis-

tinct race or variety of the common orange (Citrus

Aurantium), though better distinguished by its properties

than by botanical characters, these last being very variable.

It resembles the Lemon in its large pale fruit, in the

elongated cells of the flesh, and in its acidity; but the tree

is very much less spiny, the young shoots are green, the

petioles are only slightly, if at all, winged, and the much

smaller flowers are hermaphrodite and pure white, and as

well as the rhind are deliciously sweet-scented, having a very

peculiar subaromatic odour. It is one of the three principal

races of the orange proper (as distinguished from the lemons

and limes, see plates 6745 and 6807 of this work), the others

being the sweet orange, which is found truly wild in hot

valleys of the Hastern Himalaya, and the Deccan Peninsula ;

the Bigaradia (bitter or Seville orange) which, like the sweet

SEPTEMBER lst, 1891.

orange, has larger convex surface glands of the fruit, those

of the Bergamot being convex or depressed. ‘'here is no

record or tradition of the origin of either the Bergamot or

Bigaradia, though they may probably have been differen-

tiated in Persia, where the passion for scents being uni- .

versal, that of a variety or shoot of the orange differing so

greatly in strength and quality of odour as the Bergamot

does from its allies, would be sure to attract attention and

lead to the propagation of the race. It has been assumed

by Gallesio to be a hybrid between the sweet orange and

lemon, but there are no definite grounds for the assump-

tion.

According to Fliickiger and Hanbury the Bergamot

orange appeared in Europe in the latter part of the seven-

teenth century, and the essential oil from it is included in

a list of the stores of a Giessen apothecary in 1688. The

first precise notice of it is contained in a little book cailed

“Le Parfumeur Francois,” printed at Lyons in 1693.

The author, Le Sieur Barbe, says that the oil is obtained

from the fruits of a lemon tree grafted on the stem of a

Bergamot pear. Risso and Poiteau, in their splendid

“* Histoire Naturelle du Orange” (Paris, 1818), class the

Bergamot amongst the true oranges (C. Aurantium) and

enumerate three varieties, namely—var. torulosa, with

pytitorm ribbed fruit; var. parva, with small globose

fruit; and var. Mellarosa, with a rounded depressed fruit,

ribbed on the sides and areolate at the top; the latter they

regard as intermediate between the Bigarade and Berga-

mot. Loiseleur Deslongchamps, on the other hand, in the

enlarged edition of Duhamel Traité des Arbres, &Xe.

(Paris, 1808), treats of Bergamots under the three species

C. Aurantium, Limetta and Limonum, as cited amongst

the synonyms enumerated above. He gives the name

Orange Bergamotte ” only to C. Aurantium Bergamium,

and of the C. Limetta Bergamia he says that is cultivated

hardly anywhere but at Nice, and there for the manu-

facture of the delicious bon-bons called “ Bergamottes.”’

Oil or essence of Bergamot is the product for obtaining

which the Bergamot orange is cultivated. It is used only

In perfumery and confectionery, and may be extracted by

distillation, or by sponging the surface of the fruit, or by

@ machine which crushes the surface of the skin and thus

forces the oil from the oil glands. For this purpose the fruit

is gathered when still green, in November and December,

and one hundred fruits are said to yield two and a half to

three ounces of oil. Calabria is the country where the

cultivation of the tree and manufacture of the oil is chiefly

carried on, and in a less degree Sicily and the Riviera.

The name Bergamot is derived from the Italian Bergamotta,

a pear, and from the shape of the fruit; the Bergamotte

pear itself is from the town of Bergamo, where, however,

the Bergamot orange is not cultivated. For the specimen

figured I am indebted to Thos. Hanbury, Esq., F.L.S., of

the Palazzo Orengo, La Mortala, near Mentone, in whose

splendid gardens the Bergamot fruits freely and ripens in

early spring.—J. D. H.

Fig.1, Fruit; 2, the same cut transversely; 3, surface gland :—all of the

natural size.

Tas. 7195.

IMPATIENS mrraBi.is.

Native of Langkawi Island.

Nat. Ord. GeraniacEz.—Tribe BALSAMINEA.

Genus Impatiens, Linn. ; (Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. i. p. 277.)

Impatiens mirabilis ; caule orgyali columnaricrasso cylindraceo apice folioso,

foliis confertis longe petiolatis amplis subcarnosis ovatis crenatis costa

crassa, petiolo valido alato, racemis brevibus axillaribus erectis pauci-

floris simplicibus v. basi ramosis, pedunculo valido, floribus magnis aureis,

sepalis 3, lateralibus elliptico-oblongis acutis concavis, postico brevi

amplo hemispherico calcare brevi incurvo, petalo antico rotundato v.

transverse oblongo, petalis lateralibus in unum porrectum trilobum

coalitis, lobis lateralibus rotundatis erectis concavis, intermedio angustiore

oblongo plano bipartito segmentis oblongis apice rotundatis.

It would be difficult to conceive a wider departure from

the habit of its genus than this remarkable plant presents.

Tt is an undoubted Impatiens, but whereas the other species

of that large genus are weak succulent annuals, or low

branched perenials, J. mirabilis possesses an erect naked

trunk that attains in its native country to four feet in height,

and the thickness of a man’s leg, crowned with a tuft of

many large, long petioled, fleshy, spreading leaves, nearly

a foot long, from the axils of which spring erect

racemes of golden flowers, larger by far than in most other

members of the genus known to me, but singularly uncouth

in form.

In the absence of fruit it is not possible to determine

the nearest affinity of Impatiens mirabilis, but it probably

belongs to the section of the genus with short ellipsoid or

oblong capsules turgid in the middle, to which the Malayan

and Deccan Peninsular species almost exclusively belong ; the

other section, with linear or clavate capsules being almost

exclusively Himalayan. In its very stout perennial stem it

approaches the members of a little group of thick-stemmed

Nilghiri species to which I applied the term “‘ Epiphytice ”

in the Flora of British India, but these are very small

prostrate plants, with usually swollen internodes, and have

_SEPTEMBER Ist, 1891. *

flowers with the posticous saccate sepal inflated and much

larger than the rest of the flower; one of them, I. Jerdone,

is figured at Tab. 4739 of this work.

The specimen here figured was communicated by Messrs.

Veitch in August, 1890, with the information that it came

from Penang, but as there are specimens in the Kew

Herbarium collected by its discoverer, Mr. C. Curtis, the

Superintendent of the Penang Gardens, in the Island of

Langkawi, off the east coast of Sumatra, it is probable that

the latter is its native country, and that Mr. Veitch’s infor-

mation refers to the fact of his plant having been sent to

England from Penang (no doubt by Mr. Curtis). Ina

note accompanying Mr. Curtis’ Herbarium specimens (No.

1678), the plant is stated to form a shrub three to four

feet high, with a stem as thick as a man’s leg, and very

brittle, and that it inhabits limestone rocks. It is not

stated whether it branches or not. Messrs. Veitch’s

specimen was about six inches high, with a strictly columnar

simple trunk, gibbous at the base, greenish on the sur-

face, and two-thirds of an inch in diameter. Plants of it

in the Royal Gardens, sent by Mr. Curtis, have also simple

stems, but they vary a good deal in shape, some being

dilated and turnip-shaped in the lower half. The leaves

7 ja eo to oblong, and attain ten inches in length.

Fig. 1, Sepal; 2, stamen :—both enlarged.

Vincent BrooksDay &San imp

M.S.del, J-N-Fitch ith

Tae oe

Tas. 7196.

PHALAINOPSIS Esmerarpa.

Native of Coehin China. |

Nat. Ord. Oncuipem.—Tribe VaNnDEa&.

Genus PoaLznorsis, Blume ; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p. 573.)

Puatanorsis Esmeralda; foliis 4-8-pollicaribus oblongis acutis, pedunculo

_ elongato suberecto, racemo 6-10 floro erecto, floribus 1-14 poll. latis roseis

albis purpureisve, sepalis lateralibus late triangulari-ovatis base late pede

column adnatis, dorsali spathulato obovato, petalis obovatis sepalo

dorsali paullo minoribus, labello unguiculato 3-lobo, lobis lateralibus

oblongis obovatis rotundatisve erectis, terminali lato obtuso, disco

inter lobos laterales calloso, ungue utrinque auricula parva elongata

instructa, columna crassa basi dilatata. .

P. Esmeralda, Reichb. f. in Gard. Chron. 1874, vol. ii. p.'582; Revue Horticol,

1877, p. 106, 107, fig. 17-19; Floral Mag. 1879, t. 358; Orchidoph. 1881,

p- 9, cum Ic.; Warner & Williams, Orchid. Alb. vol. vii. t. 321; Rolfe in

Gard. Chron. 1886, vol. ii. p. 276; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vol. vi. p. 31;

Veitch. Man. Orchid. part vii. p. 27.

P. antennifera, Reichb. f. in Gard. Chron, 1879, vol. i. 398; 1882, vol. ii. 520;

Rolfe l.c. 1886, vol. ii. p. 176,

P. Regnieriana, Reichd. f. l. ¢. 1877, vol. ii. p. 746.

P. Buissoniana, Reichd. f. 1. c. 1888, vol. ii. p. 295.

I share the opinion expressed by Messrs. Rolfe and Veitch,

that the four species cited above are really one and the same,

varying a good deal in the size of the flower, and greatly

in colouring, from a dark purple, as figured by Warner and

Williams in their Orchid Album, to pale purple as in the

plate in the Floral Magazine, and to white with red streaks

in the lip as described by Mr. Rolfe in his var. candidula.

In fact, as remarked in Veitch’s Manual, “the colour

variations are too numerous to admit of separate notice.”

Further, as observed in the same excellent work, P.

Esmeralda differs from all other described species of

Phalzenopsis in several very important points, especially the

erect many-flowered racemes, and the structure of the lip,

which is clawed and bears no cirrhi either at the apex or

on the disk, but two narrow auricles (called cirrhi by

Veitch) on the very pronounced claw, one on each side, like

the small supplementary lobes of Trichoglottis. I very

much doubt indeed if these so-called cirrhi of P.

SEPTEMBER Ist, 1891.

Esmeralda represent those of other species of the genus,

but this is a morphological question requiring a comparative

study of the development of the lip of Phalaenopsis and

allied genera for its satisfactory determination. They

may represent the two small lateral lobes of the lip of

P. Parishii, in which case the so-called cirrhi of the

lip of P. Esmeralda are mere dilations of the mid-lobe.

Describing the lip of P. Esmeralda in the Flora of British

India, from dried specimens, I have said that the disk

presents a two-awned callus in front of the auricles (cirrhi) ;

in the living plant I find the callus but not the awns. With

regard to the auricles they vary much in shape, straight

and almost subulate in the specimen here drawn, to falcate

and subpathulate in others.

P. Esmeralda was introduced from Cochin China in 1874

by M. Godefroy. It has also been found in Cambodia and

in the Island of Langkawi between Sumatra and the

Malayan Peninsula. It is also a reputed native of Burma.

The specimen here figured was received from M. A.

Regnier, of Avenue de Marigny, of Fontenay sous Bois,

Seine, the importer of P. Buissoniana and P. Regniertana ;

ae aie in the Royal Gardens in November, 1890.—

Fig. 1, Flower with the sepals and petals removed ; 2, column and its foot ;

3, anther ; 4 and 5, pollinia :—al/ pe eet

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA; a Description of the _

_ Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to, or t Satealiaed in, the British

Isles. For the use of Beginners and Amateurs. By Grorer BenTHas,

F.R.S. 5th Edition, revised by Sir J. D. Hooker. Crown 8yo, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Series of Wood —

Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants, Pots Drawings by W. H.

Fircn, F.L.S., and W. G. Sure, F.L.S,, forming an Illustrated Companion ~

to Bentham’s “ Handbook,” and other British Floras. 1311 Wood En.

gravings. 2nd Edition, revised and enlarged, crown 8vo, 10s, 6d.

OUTLINES of ELEMENTARY BOTANY, as Introductory to

Local Floras. By Grorcz Bunruam, F.R.S., President of the Linneean

Society. New Edition, 1s.

FLORA. ess HAMPSHIRE, including the Isle of Wight, with

: localities of the less common species, By F TowNseNn, M.A., RL. 8. :

__ With Colonred Map and two Plates, 16s.

Jogi oes of the ‘British | Isles. By the Rev. M. a9 BERKELEY,

- : -all the Genera and Species (with localities of the rarer ones) found in Great

Britain and Ireland. By Cuartes P. Hoskrrx, PLS. &e., &c. New

Edition, entirely revised. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d. :

THE BRITISH MOSS-FLORA. Monographs of the Pais of

British Mosses, illustrated by Plates of all the species, with Microscopical

details of their structure. By R. Brarruwarrr, M.D., F.L.S. Vol. L.,

with 45 Plates, 50s. Part XI., 8s. Part XI1.,7s. Part XII. 6s.

FLORA of BRITISH INDIA. By Sir J.D. Hooxrr, F.R.S.,

and others. Parts I. to XIII., 10s. 6d. each Parts XIV., XV., and XVI,

9s. each. Vols. I. to IV., 32s. each. Vol. V., 38s.

FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS: a Description of the Plants of the

Australian Territory. By G. Brnruam, F.R.S., F.L.8., assisted by F.

-. Muerier, F.R.S. Vols. I. to VI., 20s. each. Vol. VII., 24s. Published

ees the auspices of the several Governments of Australia.

FLORA of MAURITIUS and the SEYCHELLES: a Descrip-

tion of the Flowering | Plants and Ferns of those Islands. By J. G. Bakrk,

“BEARS Complete in 1 vol., 24s. Published under the authority: ‘of the

Colonial Government of Mauritins.

FLORA CAPENSIS: a Systematic Description of the Plants of

- the Cape Colony, Caffraria, and Port Natal. By Winiram H. Harvey, M.D.,

F.R.8., and Orro Witnetm Sonper, Ph.D. Vols. I. and IT., each 12s.

Vol. IIT., 18s.

FLORA of TROPICAL AFRICA. By Dante. Otiver, F.R.S.,

F.L.8. Vols, I. to TIL, each 20s. Published under the authority of the

First Commissioner of Her Maiesty’s Works.

HANDBOOK of the NEW ZEALAND FLORA: a Systematic

Description ‘of the Native Plants of New Zealand, and the Chatham,

Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s, Campbell’s, and Macquarrie’s Islands. By

Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. Published under the auspices of the Government

of that Colony. Complete, 42s.

FLORA of the BRITISH WEST INDIAN ISLANDS. By

Dr. Grisenacn, F.L.S. 42s. Published under the auspices of the Secre-

tary of State for the Colonies.

FLORA HONGKONGENSIS: a Description of the Flowering

Plants and Ferns of the Island of Hongkong. By Gronrae BENTHAM,

FB.L.S.. With a Map of the Island and Supplement by Dr. Hance, 18s.

- Published under the authority of Her Majesty’s Secretary of State for the

: Colonies. The Supplement, separately, 2s. 6d.

ON the FLORA of AUSTRALIA : its Origin, Affinities, and

>. . Distribution, “By. Sir J. D: Hooker, F.R.S.. 10s.

CONTRIBUTIONS | to THE FLORA of MENTONE, and

to a Winter Flora of the Riviera, including the coast from Marseilles to

Genoa. By J. ‘TRAHERNE Mocorinée. Roy al 8vo. Complete in 1 vol,

Colonred Plates, 63s. zt ce

DBOOK of BRITISH MOSSES, containing all that are

OPSIS of f BRITISH MOSSES, sautaining Descriptions oe - we

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE.

CONTENTS OF No. 561, SEPTEMBER, 1891.

Tas. 7192.—HERITIERA MACROPHYLLA.

» 4%193—TULIPA SINTENESIL

» 7194—CITRUS AURANTI UM, var. BERGAMIA,

» 4¢195.—IMPATIENS MIRABILIS.

4196 Tigi «oe ESMERALDA.

L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Cuca:

Now ready, Part VII., with 8 Coloured Plates, 15s.

a LE PIDOPTEHERA | NDICA,

a By F. MOORE, F.Z.S.

Prospectus, with First List of Subscribers,

can be had on ‘ppticathia to the Publishers.

L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, New Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooxer, 10s. 6d. —

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA:

_ A Description of the Flowering Plants and Ferns Indigenous

to or Naturalized in the British /sles.

By GEORGE BEN THAM, F.RS.

5th Fdition, Revised by Sir J. D, Hooker, C.B., K.C.S.I., F-4S., ke.

se gute

BICURERGIN Tart geacnceerpe ee

apn ina sgh

Now ready. 2nd Edition, with 1311 Wood E ngravings, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE BRITISH FLORA:

A Series of Wood Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants.

Drawn py W. H. FITCH, F.LS., ann W. G. SMITH, F.L.S.

Forming an Illustrated ae to Benibam’s « Menatook, ” and other British Floras.

bese nating

Now Reapy, price 3s. rue. 5s. peice Part L., of the Large paper, d

Illustrated Edition of the

_ COLEOPTERA oF THe BRITISH ISLANDS.

-. REV. CANON FOWLER, M. A., F.LS.,

= Vol. I. of the Small Paper Edition, containing the Adephaga (Cicindelide, —_

_ Carabider, and Dytiscidz), the Hydrophilide, an Introduction, twostructural

“Plates, and Woodeuts. Price 14s., cloth. Vol. IL., Se 18s,

Vol. TIL, 162. Vol. 1V.,16s, Vol. V., 16s. :

oa Vol. 1s , Large Paper Edition, with 2

: he i wire

2 Structural and 36 Coloured Plates, price 48

34 Coloured Plates, 583. Vol. IIT, with 28

Vol. IV., with 44 Coloured Plate 638

Third Series.

No. 562.

VOL, XLVII.—OCTOBER, Prion &¢. 6d: odlowied. Ss. 63. plaka:

or No. 1256 OF THE ENTIRE WORK.

CURTIS’S

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE,

ss COMPRISING

LANES. oF THE ROYAL « GARDENS OF KEW,

ND OF OTHER BO! TANICAL ESTABLISHMENTS IN GREAT BRITAIN, WITH

SUITABLE DESCRIPTIONS; Z

‘

Sir JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER, MLD, K.CS1, OB, FRS, ELS.

Late Director of the Ropal Botanic Grarvens of Kew.

Nature and Art to adorn the page combine,

And fiowers exotic grace our northern clime.

LONDON:

‘L. REEVE anp CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

a | i E891,

SaaS Now Ready. a

BRITISH FUNGI, Phycomycetes and Ustilagines.

By Grorce Massee (Lecturer on Botany to the London Society for the

Extension of University Teaching). Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.

Now ready, with a Supplement of nearly 400 pages, 2 vols.;

with 24 Coloured Plates, 36s.

BRITISH FUNGOLOGY.

By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY, M.A., F.L.S.

Re-issue. With a Supplement of nearly 400 pages by

WORTHINGTON G. SMITH, F.L.S.

iL. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

i Reeve & Co.'s Cr, 8v0 Series of Natural History.

New Edition, Now Ready.

BRITISH BEETLES; an Introduction to the Study of our indigenous

_Cotnorrera. By E.C. Ry. Revised by the Rev. Canon Fower. 16 Coloured.

Plates, and Woodeuts, 10s. 64. :

7 Z oophytes, . including ‘the Second Edition, Rewritten and much Enlarged.

Hydroida, Actinozoa, and Polyzoa | The Edible Mollusca of Great Britain Bs

found in Great Britain, Treland, and and Ireland; including the Oyster, Mus:

the Channel Islands. By Arrutr S. sel, Cockle, Scallop, Limpet, Whelk,

eee I @T0N,F.L.S. 24 Plates. 10s.6d, | Periwinkle, and many others less”

British Insects; a Familiar Deasnace 1 monly known, with Recipes for Cookin

: eer Fis, Bins pa poal & them. By M.S. Loven. 12 Colo .

and Transformation of Insects, By | Plates, 10s. 6d, a .

E. F. Staveney. 16 Coloured Plates, _ Revised Edition, entirely rearranged.

and numerous Woodcuts, 14s. | Synopsis of British Mosses, contain-

British Butterflies and Moths; an ing Descriptions of all the Genera and

‘Introduction to the Study of our Native Species found in Great Britain and

Erripoprera. By H. 'T, Srarnton, Ireland, with localities of the rarer ones.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts, : By C, P, Hopxrrk, F.L.S. 7s. 6d.

10s. 6d. British Grasses ; an Introduction to

_ British Bees; an Introduction to the the Study of the Grasses found in the

Study of the Natural History and British Isles. By M. Pruxs. 16.

Eeonomy of the Bees indigenous to the Coloured Plates,and Woodcuts, 10s, 6d.

British Isles. By W. E. Suvoxarp, British Ferns. With Chapters on the

oe oa Plates, and Woodents, Structure, Propagation, Cultivation,

ae : Diseases, Uses, Preservation, and Dis-

_ British Spiders; an Introduction to _ tribution of Ferns, By M. Pivxs..

___ the Study of the ARANETD& found in 16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

_ Great Britain and Ireland. By EB, F, |. - 10s. 6d. es

Stavetzy. 16 Coloured Plates, and | British Seaweeds. | y 8. 0. Grav. ue

Woodcuts, 10s. 6d. 16 Coloured Plates, 10s. 64, -

riginal articles by our

Societies, and Botanical News.

+ here is usually .

leading Biitish Be

7/97

eal

eee Part

ene

Vincent Brooks,Day &Son Imp

L Reeve & C° London. ;

Tab, 7197;

YUCCA FILIFERA.

Native of North-East Mexico.

Nat. Ord. Lin1acr#.—Tribe DracawyNEz.

Genus Yucca, Linn.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Plant., vol. iii. p. 778.)

Yucca filifera; trunco arboreo valido ramoso, foliis ensiformibus dense

rosulatis pedalibus vel sesquipedalibus filis marginalibus copiosis, floribus

in paniculam angustam sewpissime pendulam dispositis, bracteis ovatis

scariosis, pedicellis flore brevioribus apice articulatis, perianthii segmentis

- ovatis vel oblongis acutis exterioribus angustioribus, staminibus perianthio

subtriplo brevioribus, filamentis clavatis arcuatis puberulis, antheris

oblongis parvis, fructu oblongo baccato, seminibus crassis.

Y. filifera, Chaband in Rev. Hortic. 1876, p. 439, fig. 97; 1880, p. 376 ; 1884,

p. 58; Gard. Chron. 1888, vol. i. p. 743, fig. 97; p.751, fig. 100; Sargent

in Garden and Forest, vol. i. (1888) p. 78, figs. 13-14.

Y. baccata var. australis, Engelm. Monogr. Yucca, p. 44; Baker in Journ

Linn. Soc. vol. xviii. p. 229.

This is by far the finest of the filiferous Yuccas. The

fullest account of it is contained in Professor Sargent’s

paper in the “ Garden and Forest” for 1888 above cited.

It was discovered in 1840 by Dr. Gregg near Saltillo in

North-East Mexico, but was not introduced into cultivation

till long afterwards. Professor Sargent writes about it as

follows :—‘ Yucca filifera is a conspicuous object on the

arid plains which rise from the Rio Grande to the foothills

of the Sierra Madre. ‘The great panicles of white flowers

can be seen for miles in the clear atmosphere of that

region, and look like gleaming waterfails pouring out from

the end of the branches. It first appears about fifty miles

south of the Rio Grande, where, with the beautiful white-

flowered Cordia Boissievi in the depression of the plain, it

forms an open picturesque forest which extends almost to

the valley of Monterey. The ‘Palma’ is common in the

plains between Saltillo and Parras. It was seen by Dr.

Parry as far south as San Louis Potosi, and no doubt will

be found to extend widely over the high dry plains of

north-eastern Mexico.”

The history of the plant from which our figure was

OctoseR Ist, 1891.

drawn is very remarkable. The trunk was sent to Kew in

October, 1888, by Mr. C. G. Pringle, from Monterey,

through Professor Sargent. When it arrived at Kew it

appeared to be quite dead, and the trunk was consequently

placed in the Museum of Economic Botany. After re-

maining there two years it put out rudimentary leaves and

an inflorescence, and on being transferred to the Temperate

House these were fully developed in September, 1890.

The leaves are shorter than in the wild type and the

panicle is erect and less dense.

Desor. Trunk finally arborescent and copiously, branched;

in our plant simple, cylindrical, fifteen feet long. Leaves

densely rosulate, ensiform, thinner and smaller than in

Y. baccata, a foot or a foot and a half long, with copious

fine recurving threads splitting off from the margin.

Panicle in our plant erect, but in the fully-developed wild

plant drooping, four or six feet long by eighteen or twenty

inches broad, very dense; pedicels articulated at the apex ;

bracts large, ovate, scariose. Perianth white, campanulate,

an inch or an inch and a half long; segments ovate or

oblong, acute, the three outer much narrower than the

three inner, Stamens about a third as long as the perianth ;

filaments clavate, arcuate, pubescent; anthers small,

oblong. Pistil overtopping the anthers. Fruit oblong,

baccate, two inches or more long, pendulous, often con-

stricted on the side towards the stem. Seeds black, often

more than a line in thickness.—J. G. Baker.

Fig. 1, Stamen; 2, stamens surrounding the pistil; 3, pistil :—all enlarged.

7198

ete

a ert le

M.S. del, JN. Fitch lith.

Tas. 7198.

CIRRHOPETALUM Cotzerrii.

Native of the Shan States.

Nat. Ord. Oncuipex.—Tribe EPIDENDRES.

Genus Cirruoretatum, Lindl. ; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii, p. 504.)

CirrHoretaLum Collettii; rhizomate robusto, pseudobulbis 4-lobis, folio

elliptico- v. oblongo-lanceolato, secapo robusto deflexo 5-6 flore, bracteis

subulato-lanceolatis, floribus magnis aurantiacis rubro striatis, sepalo

dorsali triangulari-ovato caudato, cauda, marginibusque paleis mem-

_ branaceis elongatis mobilibus creberrime onustis, sepalis lateralibus

dorsali pluries longioribus in caudas gracillimas sensim angustatis,

petalis ovato-rotundatis acuminatis apicibus fasciculo palearum instructis,

labello breviter stipitato oblongo obtuso iacrassato recurvo, columna

longiuscula apicem versus utrinque arista decurva instructa.

C. Collettii, Hemsl. in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vol. vi. Pp. 773; in Journ. Linn.

Soc. vol. xxviii. p. 131, t. 20 (errore Collettianum),

Cirrhopetalum Collettit is certainly in many respects the

most singular species of the genus hitherto discovered,

though in so far as its peculiarities of structure are con-

cerned, these differ only in degree of development from what

obtain in species already known. ‘hus, as Mr. Hemsley

well observes, C. Collettii is nearest in affinity to C. orna-

tissimum of the Eastern Himalaya, in which the petals are

tipped with a bunch of slender mobile red palew. It is

also nearly allied to O. fimbriatum of Bombay, figured at

tab. 4391 of this work, the dorsal sepals and petals of

which are margined with long slender palew attached, as in

the plant here figured, by so minute a point as to be in

constant motion. In neither of these, however, are the

palere dilated, cuneiform and lacerate, as are the terminal

and often the lateral ones of the dorsal sepal of CO. Collettii,

and in those of the bundle that tips the petals.

Mr. Hemsley has pointed out to me a peculiarity in the

mode of growth of this species, in that the flowering

Scape is not formed at the base of a fully formed pseudo-

bulb, but is developed together with a young leaf which

afterwards forms a pseudobulb, and is enclosed in sheaths

with it, as shown in the drawing. I observe the same

OctosER Ist, 1891.

phenomena in Bulbophyllum fusco-purpurewm, but not in

any other species of Bulbophyllum or Cirrhopetalum that I

have examined, though it no doubt may occur in others.

The flowering of this beautiful plant enables me to

correct two errors that have crept into the descriptions

which were made from dried specimens. One of these

(in the Flora of British India) describes the pseudobulbs

as very small; the other (in the Linnean Journal) figures

and describes the peduncle as erect.

C. Collettii was discovered by Major-General Collett,

C.B., F.L.S., in the Southern Shan hills, when on service

there during the late Burmese war, and is one of a fine

collection of plants, amounting to upwards of seven

hundred species, of which twelve per cent. were new, made

chiefly by this distinguished officer in that previously

unvisited and indeed inaccessible region. These are

enumerated, with descriptions of the new species, by Mr.

Hemsley in the Journal of the Linnean Society cited above;

and the enumeration is prefaced by a valuable essay

(accompanied by a good map) on the climate and vege-

tation of the ;Shan hills, by General Collett himself.

Amongst other plants the Cirrhopetalum is noted as

highly curious, and meriting notice; the flower, which

is inodorous, being “remarkable for the extremely long

attenuated sepals, which are highly mobile and are wafted

about by the slightest breath of air; and for the flower

being also furnished with a number of little streamers or

banner-like appendages, which, as Darwin remarks of an

allied Bulbophyllum (B. lenniscatum, Plate 5961), when

blown by a breath of wind wriggle about in a very odd

manner.”’

Another plant discovered by General Collett is Rosa

gigantea, Collett (Hemsley, l.c. 55, t. 9), a white-flowered

Species allied to R. indica, with flowers five inches in

diameter, and which is flourishing at Kew, though it has

not as yet flowered.

Live plants of Cirrhopetalum Oollettii were sent to the

Royal Gardens by its discoverer in 1888, where the

pen’ ae figured flowered in May of the present year.—

Fig. 1, Dorsal sepal; 2, petal; 3, palea from the latter; 4, column and lip’

5, column; 6, anther ; 7, pollinia :—all enlarged.

fs:

th. & Bencles Davee ee

Tas. 7199.

NAPOLEONA Mirrsit.

Native of tropical West Africa.

Nat. Ord. Myrracex, Tribe LecytHIpEa.

Genus Narotrona, Beawe. (Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Plant. vol. i. p. 723).

Narotzona Miersii; glaberrima, foliis obovato-oblongis obtuse cuspidatis

remote sinuato crenatis membranaceis basi rotundatis cuneatisve, glan-

dulis marginalibus ad crenas distinctis, nervis utrinqgue 7-10 immersis,

corolla orbiculari circa 40-dentata et costata extus flava costis basi roseis,

intus tricolora, zona exteriore flavida, interiore rosea, intima alba, corona

exteriore, e filis ad 70 albis patulis, interiore membrana suberecta alba

ad medium multifida laciniis ad 40 acutis incurvis, intima (staminiea),

arcte inflexa 20-fida, laciniis apice triangularibus 10 antheriferis per

paria dispositis, 10 anantheris per paria interpositis.

The genus Napoleona, which in the structure of its

flowers is one of the most curious of flowering plants,

consists of about eight known species, all confined to

tropical Western Africa, between Senegal and Angola.

Owing to the rarity of specimens in Herbaria and under

cultivation, and the imperfect description and figures

given by the author of the genus of the only species

known to him (N. imperialis, Palisot de Beauvois, “ Flore

d’Oware et de Benin,” vol. ii. p. 30, t. 78), much difficulty has

been experienced in determining the species. This has been

attempted by the late Mr. Miers, F.R.S., who, in 1874,

presented to the Linnean Society an elaborate and valuable

paper on the genus, of which he described seven species,

including that figured in this magazine as N. imperialis

(Tab. 4387), but which, as had been previously shown, was

not the plant so named by Palisot de Beauvois, but a very

different one, subsequently named N. Whitfieldii, after its

discoverer. By an oversight Miers has misrepresented the

authorship and confused the Synonymy of this species (Whit-

fieldii), attributing it to Lindley, and citing for it that

author’s description of it in the “ Gardener’s Chronicle,” the

“ Botanical Register,” and ‘“ Vegetable Kingdom,” in all

which Lindley assumed it to be N. imperialis. The real

author of the name N. Whitfieldii is Lemaire, who published

OctoxseR Ist, 1891,

it in his “ Flore des Serres,” Ser. i. vol. i. (1845) p. 4, in

which work it was subsequently figured by Van Houtte,

vol. iv. (1848) t. 386, 387, the figure being copied, without:

acknowledgement, from that in this Magazine. It was

subsequently very badly figured in the Revue Horticole,

1853, p. 301, t. 16, with an excellent description by

Decaisne, who was the first (and hitherto the only)

botanist who recognized the true structure of the

staminal corona, which, like that of N. Miersii, consists of

twenty filaments in clusters of four, of which the two outer

are alone antheriferous; in other words, there are ten

antheriferous filaments approximate in pairs, with as many

interposed anantherous, also in pairs. Lindley had de-

scribed twenty antheriferous stamens, Miers correctly notes

ten, but does not give their arrangement.

It remains to give the characters by which the species

which I have named after my late friend, the monographer

of the genus, may be distinguished from the very nearly

allied species which he has described. These are N.

Whitfieldit (which Miersii was supposed to be), N.

cuspidata, and N. Mannii. From all of these N. Miersti is

distinguished by the pale membranous more obovate leaves

with faint sunk nerves; further from the first (see t.

4387) by the much fewer larger teeth of the corolla, the

pale rose zone within the outer one, the white filaments of

the outer corona, and the longer and white colour of the

erect inner corona. Miers describes the teeth of the corolla

of Whitfieldii as only forty, and the filaments of the corona —

as scarlet, neither of which is correct. N. cuspidata is

described by Miers as having a purple forty-toothed

corolla with a pale yellow margin, yellow filaments of the

outer corona, and the twenty filaments of the staminal

corona as all antheriferous (which latter, however, I did

not find to be the case in the only flower which I have

examined), N. Mannii, a Fernando Po species, appears to

me to be the nearest to N. Miersii, but besides the differ-

ence of foliage the flowers are much smaller; it is

described by Miers as having only thirty teeth to the

wholly yellow corolla, and with all the filaments (twenty)

antheriferous ; but this latter is not the case in the flower

! I examined, where the ten antheriferous flaments were

irregularly disposed. The examination of this species, and

comparison of it with the dried specimens of others in the

Herbarium, has convinced me that much remains to be

done towards determining and defining accurately the |

available materials of this curious genus. NV. Miersii forms

a shrub in the Palm House of the Royal Gardens. It was

received from the Royal Botanical Gardens of Edinburgh

in 1886, and flowered in October, 1890.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Vertical mesial section through flower; 2, portion ot staminal

corona; 3, stamen; 4, ovary :—al/ enlarged.

“200

ooks,Da &Son Imp.

MS del, JN Fitch ith Vincent Brooks "ay 4

Tas. 7200.

EUCRYPHIA Bittarprerr var. Mrcricant.

Native of Tasmania.

Nat. Ord. Rosacrx.—Tribe QUILLAJER.

Genus Evcryruta, Cavanilles; (Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. i. p. 615.)

Evoryruta Billardieri ; frutex v. arbor glaberrima, foliis oppositis simplicibus

breviter petiolatis oblongis lineari-oblongisve obtusis integerrimis coriaceis

subtus glaucescentibus, floribus albis breviter pedunculatis.

E. Billardieri, Spach. Hist. Nat. Veg. vol. v. p. 344; Hook. Sf. Fl. Tasman.

vol.i. p. 54; Benth. Fl. Austral.vol. ii: p. 446.

a Carpodontos lucida, Labili. rey. Terr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 16, +. 18; Fl. Nov.

Holl. vol. ii. p. 122; DO. Prodr. vol. i. p- 556. }

Var. Milligani ; fratescens, foliis minoribus lineari-oblongis confertis, floribus

minoribus.

E. Milligani, Hook. f. Fl. Tasman. l. c. +. 8.

Under #. pinnatifolia, at Tab. 7067 of this work, I have

remarked upon the various opinions that have been held

as to the position in the Natural system to which this

very remarkable genus should be referred, Hypericinea,

Chlaenacee, Sazxifragew, Rosacew, or Tiliacee ;. to which

might be added with as much reason as some of the above

Ternstremiacee. The fact is that Hucryphia has no

hitherto recognized undoubted near relatives in the vege-

table kingdom, and having regard to the two most notice-

able points in its history and structure, namely that it is

confined to Chili and Australia, and that of the three

known species two have simple and one pinnate leaves, it

may well be regarded as the evidence of a vegetation

different from that now existing, which flourished when

there was either direct or interrupted land communication

between the temperate regions of Australia and South

America.

In the Flora of Tasmania I regarded var. Milligani as a

species distinct from #. Billardieri, from which it differs

in the much smaller size of all its parts, and shorter more

obtuse leaves; it also inhabits higher elevations and never

attains the stature, sometimes one hundred feet, that H.

illardieri does. Bentham, however, in the Australian

Ocrozer Ist, 1891.

Flora, having examined intermediate forms, unhesitatingly

unites them, no doubt rightly. For nearly a century JH.

Billardieri was the only known Australian species, and

the genus was supposed to be confined to Tasmania in the

Old World; but comparatively recently, since the publi-

cation of Bentham’s Flora Australiensis, Sir Ferdinand

Mueller has published a Continental Australian species,

H. Moorei (Fragment. Phyt. Austral, vol. iv. p. 2), a native

of New South Wales. ,

The plant figured was raised from seed sent in 1884 by

F. Abbott, Esq., of the Botanical Gardens, Hobartown,

Tasmania. It flowered for the first time in June of the

present year.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Calyptriform calyx; 2 and 3, stamens; 4, ovary; 5, transverse

section of the same :—all enlarged,

y ; 7201

~Yinvent BrodksDey & Sonim

MS.del, JNFitchitth,

———— ee

Tas. 7201.

EPIPHYLLUM Gaerrnert.

Native of Brazil.

Nat. Ord. Cactra#.—Tribe EcHINOCACTES. ‘

Genus Errpnytium, Pfeiff.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Plant., vol. i. p. 850.)

Eripnyttum Gaertneri; internodiis 2-3 pollicaribus 1-1} poll. latis late

truncatis crenatis crenis piliferis, passim tuberculis longe piliferis instructis,

floribus terminalibus binis speciosissimis sanguineis cceruleo micantibus,

calyce brevi vaginato inequaliter lobato basi pilis elongatis cincto,

petalis anguste lanceolatis acuminatis patenti recurvis, staminibus nume-

rosissimis, filamentis capillaribus, antheris minutis oblongis confertis,

stigmatibus 5 lineari-elongatis patentibus.

Epiphyllum Russellianum, var. Gaertneri, Regel Gartenflor. v. 1844, p- 325,

t. 1172; Carriere in Rev, Hortic. 1887, p. 516, cwm Ic. chromolith. ; Pape

in Wittmack. Gartenflor. 1890, p. 581; Pynaert in Rev. Hortic. Belge,

1889, 114; Forst. Cact. p. 873.

E. Makoyanum, Hort. ex Pynaert. in Rev. Hortic. Belg. 229, cum Ic.; The

Garden, 1889, p. 375; Hamburg Garten & Blumenz.1889, p. 419; Journ.

of Hortic. 1889, p. 352, cum Ic.; W. Wats.\in Rev. Hortic. Belge, l.c. 267 ;

Kew Bulletin, 1890; App. ii. p. 45.

Unaccountably as it appears to me, this brilliant species

was for long supposed to be a variety of Hpiphyllum

Russellianum, Hook., figured in this Magazine half a century

ago (Plate 8717), a plant that has ever since been a

universal favourite with all lovers of horticulture.

From H. Russellianum, E. Gaertneri differs in its much

larger, broader, thicker crenulate articulations, which are

broadly truncate at the top, regularly crenate on the sides,

and with tufts of long hairs both in the crenatures and

around the bases of the flowers; the flowers present even

more important differences, in the brilliant colouring,

length, and narrowness of the petals, in the almost

terete (not broadly winged) calyx tubes, in the very

numerous stamens with clustered minute anthers, and in

the long spreading stigmas.

I have followed previous authors in retaining this

plant in Epiphyllum, though having regard only to the

technical character employed to distinguish that genus from

Phyllocactus (the very oblique two-lipped flower of the

OctoBeER 1st, 1891.

original HE. truncatum), it would appear to be properly

referred to the latter. I am, however, very doubtful

whether the two genera can be retained ; for if so, it must

be on other characters than the above. In one point the

three Epiphylla agree, and that is the terminal position of

the flowers, solitary in H. truncatum and Russellianum,

binate in Gaertneri, but whereas the first and last of these

have very numerous stamens with minute clustered anthers

and long slender stigmas, H. Russellianum has few stamens

of unequal length, with long distant anthers and short

stigmas. Reviewing the species of Phyllocactus figured in

this Magazine, they all have flowers inserted in the cre-

natures of the articulations, but they display very great

variations in the length of the calyx tube, the obliquity of

the flower (but never so oblique as in H. truncatum, or two-

lipped), the number of stamens, size and aggregation of

the anthers, and in the number and length of the stigmas.

I have retained the name of Gaertneri for this plant, as

that originally proposed, though only as a variety. H.

Makoyanum was a mere name in Makoy’s Catalogue, and

was adopted by Pynaert under the impression that it was

a different species from Gaertneri, whieh, however, he

alludes to when treating of Makoyanum, but gives no

characters for either differing from Russellianwm.

According to Regel, who published it in 1884, 4.

Gaertneri was introduced by Messrs. Haage and Schmidt

from the province of Minas Geraes, in Brazil. According

to Pynaert Mr. Makoy imported it, also from Brazil, in

1888. The specimen here figured was obtained from

Messrs. de Smet, of Ghent, and flowered in a stove of the

Royal Gardens in April of the present year.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Bud; 2 and 3, stamen; 4, stigma :—all enlarged.

BRITISH, COLONIAL, AND FOREIGN

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA; a Description of the —

Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British

Isles. For the use of Beginners and Amateurs. By Grorcr Benrnam, —

F.R.S. 5th Edition, revised by Sir J. D. Hooker. Crown 8vo, 10s.6d..

ILLUSTRATIONS of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Series of Wood

_ _Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants, from Drawings by: Wel (3

_ Fircn, F.L.8., and W. G. Surrn, F.L.S., forming an Illustrated Companion ——

' to Bentham’s “Handbook,” and other British Floras. 1311 Wood cf eee

OUTLINES of ELEMENTARY BOTANY, as Introductory to

Local Floras. By Grorce Bentuam, F.RS., President of the Linnean

Society. New Edition, 1s, __ See ge ee ea ee 2

including the Isle of Wight, with

cies. By F. Townsexn, MA, FILS.

FLOR

LORS of

With Col

RA of HAMPSIH

THE BRITISH MOSS-FLORA. Monographs of the Families of |

; British Mosses, illustrated by Plates of all the species, with Microscopical

details of their structure. By R. Brairawaire, M.D., F.L.S. Vol. R ee

with 45 Plates, 50s. Part XI., 8s. Part XII., 7s: Part XIII., hai

FLORA of BRITISH INDIA. By Sir J. D. Hooxer, F-.R.S.,

and others. Parts I. to XIII., 10s. 6d. each Parts XIV., XV., and XVL.,

9s. each. Vols. I. to 1V., 32s. each: Vol. V., 383. :

FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS: a Description of the Plants of the:

_ Anstralian Territory. By G. Bentnam, F.R.S., F.L.S., assisted by F.

_ Murtier, F.R.S. Vols, I. to VI., 20s. each. Vol. VII., 24s. Published

under the auspices of the several Governments of Australia. :

FLORA of MAURITIUS andthe SEYCHELLES: a Descrip-

__~ tion of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of those Islands. By J. G. Barr,

_ F.L.8. Complete in 1 vol.,'24s. Published under the authority of the

_ Colonial Government of Mauritius, = 8

FLORA CAPENSIS: a Systematic Description of the Plants of

the Cape Colony, Caffraria, and Port Natal. By Wma H. Harvey, M.D.,

F.R.S., and Orro Witnets Sonper, Ph.D. Vols. I. and II., each 12s.

Vol. ITTI., 18s, :

FLORA of TROPICAL AFRICA. By Danten Oniver, F.R.S.,

P.L.S. Vols. I, to III., each 20s. Published under the authority of the

First Commissioner of Her Maiesty’s Works.

HANDBOOK of the NEW ZEALAND FLORA: a Systematic

Description of the Native Plants of New Zealand, and the Chatham,

Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s, Campbell’s, and Macquarrie’s Islands. By

Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. Published under the auspices of the Government

of that Colony. Complete, 42s.

FLORA of the BRITISH WEST INDIAN ISLANDS, ‘By

Dr. Grisrpacn, F.L.S. 42s. Published under the auspices of the Secre-

10s. .

IBUTIONS to THE FLORA of MENTONE, and

ERNE Moccrince., Royal 8vo. Complete in 1 vol.

ee ; sca

SO. ee Tr. Sane § fee ai pe ae 5

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE.

CONTENTS OF No. 562, OCTOBER, 1891.

Tan: 7197.—YUCCA FILIFERA.

» %198—CIRRHOPETALUM COLLETTIL

» 7199.—NAPOLEONA MIERSII.

» 7200.—EUCRYPHIA BILLARDIERI var. MILLIGAN.

» 7201.-KPIPHYLLUM _GAERTNERL

L. hares & Co., 5, I Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

_ Now ready, Part VII., with 8 Coloured Pl: ates, 15s, =

LEPIDOPTERA INDICA.

By F, MOORE, F.Z.S. ci

Prospectus, with First List of Subscribers, can be had on application to the Publishers.

L. Rexve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden. as = me os

Now ready, New Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooxer, 10s. 6d.

- HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA:

A Description of the Flowering Plants and Ferns Indigenous :

to or Naturalized in the British Isles.

By GEORGE BENTHAM, F.R.S

5th Edition, etitee as Sir J. D. Hooxrnr, C.B., K.C.S.I., F.RS, ke.

ss SacSteR tee

— si ee na de eee

ae ready. Qnd Edition, with 1311 Wood fupekviogs. 10s. 64.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE BRITISH FLORA:

4 Series of Wood Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants.

2 ~ Drawn 1 By W.-H. FITCH, F.LS., anv W. G. SMITH, F.LS.

Seance

nig ay

Now Reapy, price 89. ain 10s. coloured, Parts LI., LUI, cnglates the

€ paper Illustrated Edition, of the

COLEOPTERA OF THE BRITISH ISLANDS.

Po RYE THE

REY. CANON FOWLER, M.A., F. i $5

Also Vol. I. of the Small Paper Edition, containing the Adephaga (Cicindelide, — a

Carabidee, and Dytiscidz), the Hydrophilidee, an Introduction, twostructural

Plates, and Woodeuts. Price 14s., cloth. Vol. IL, See ‘188.

Vol. TIL, 16s. Vol, LV, , 16a: Vok Vide 7

Vol, I, Larye Paper Edition, with 2 2 Structural and 36 Culour ed. Pues ps ice 48

_ Vol. H., with 34 Coloured Plates, 58s. Vol. LIL, with 28 Coloured Plates

eS na us V., with ae 4 Coloured Plates 63s. OC i

Chiry Series.

No. 563.

VOL. XLVII.—NOVEMBER. Price 38, 6d. coloured, 2s. 6d. plain,

: -_

or No. 12 57 OF THE ENTIRE WORK.

CURTIS'S

BOTANICAL — ) MAGAZINE,

= - comPRisiNe

THE PL. NTS OF 1 THE ROYAL GARDENS OF KEW,

AND OF OTHER BOTANICAL ESTABLISHMENTS IN GREAT BRITAIN, WITH

SUITABLE DESCRIPTIONS;

Sir JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER, M.D., K.CS.1, C.B., F.R.S., ELS,

Late Director of the Reval Botanic Grarvens of Ken.

MLDS INI DISTR IN ONL PAIRS re

Nature and Art to adorn the page combine,

And flowers exotic grace our northern clime.

Send ONT REG AN FAC

: a LONDON:

L RI REEVE AND 0. 5, HENRIETTA STREE ET, COVENT oo

| 1891.

aa (AU rights reserved,]

Now Ready.

BRITISH FUNGI,

Phycomycetes and Ustilaginese.

By Groner Masser (Lecturer on Botany to the London Society for the

Extension of University Teaching).

Crown 8vo, 7s. 6a.

Now ready, with a Supplement of nearly 400 pages, 2 vols.,

with 24 Coloured Plates, 36s.

BRITISH FUNGOLOGY.

By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY, M.A., F.L.S.

Re-issue.

With a Supplement of nearly 400 pages by

WORTHINGTON G. SMITH, F.L.S.

L, REEVE & 0O., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

L Reeve & Co.'s Gr. 8vo Series of Natural History.

New Edition.

Now Ready.

BRITISH BEETLES; an Introduction to the Study of our indigenous

Conzortera. By E. C. Ry.

Plates, and Woodeuts, 10s, 6d,

British Zoophytes, including the

Hydroida, Actinozoa, and Polyzoa

found in Great Britain, Ireland, and

the Channel Islands. By Artuur S.

Prnyineton, F.L.S. 24 Plates. 10s.6d.

British Insects ; a Familiar Descrip-

tion of the Form, Structure, Habits,

aud Transformation of Insects. By

E, F. Sraveney. 16 Coloured Plates,

- and numerous Woodcuts, 14s.

British Butterflies and Moths; an

Introduction to the Study of our Native

Lepipoprera. By H. T. Srarnton.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodeuts,

308: Gd,

British Bees ; an Introduction to the

Study of the Natural History and

Economy of the Bees indigenous to the

British Isles. By W. E. SHuckarp,

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts,

10s, 6d,

British Spiders; an Introduction to

the Study of the ARANEID® found in

Great Britain and Ireland. By E. F,

Stavetey. 16 Coloured Plates, and

Woodcuts, 10s, 6d.

Revised by the Rev. Canon Fowter.

‘L. REEVE & CO, 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

16 Coloured

Second Edition, Rewritten and much Enlarged.

The Edible Mollusca of Great Britain

and Ireland, including the Oyster, Mus-

sel, Cockle, Scallop, Limpet, Whelk,

Periwinkle, and many others less com-

monly known, with Recipes for Cooking

them. By M.S. Lovern, 12 Coloured

Plates, 10s. 6d.

Revised Edition, entirely rearranged. —

Synopsis of British Mosses, contain-

ing Descriptions of all the Genera and

Species found in Great Britain and.

Ireland, with localities of the rarer ones.

By C, P. Hopxirx, F.L.S8. 7s. 6d.

British Grasses ; an Introduction to

the Study of the Grasses found in the

British Isles. By M. Pruzs, 16

Coloured Plates,and Woodcuts, 10s, 6d.

British Ferns. With Chapters on the

Structure, Propagation, Cultivation,

Diseases, Uses, Preservation, and Dis-

tribution of Ferns. By M. PLUES.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodeuts, —

10s. 6d, :

British Seaweeds. By S.O. Gray.

16 Coloured Plates, 10s. 6d. :

7202,

Ns EE D-

Vincent Brooks Day & Son Imp.

T.Reeve & C° London.

Tas. 7202.

DRYMOPHLQUS AppenpicuLaTA.

Native of the Malayan Archipelago.

Nat. Ord. Patma.—Tribe ARECE.

Genus Drymorutaus, Zippel (Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p. 892.)

DrymoruLt@us (Endrymophloens) appendiculata ; caudice 6-10 pedali, foliis

paucis terminalibus 5-6 ped. longis arcuato-patentibus, petiolo 1} pedali

semitereti, rachi trigona fusco-furfuracea, segmentis 14-20 alternis ses-

silibus 8-10 poll. longis cuneato-trapezoideis ineequilateris apice irregu-

lariter lobatiset erosis subtus concoloribus segmentoterminali flabelliformi,

_ spadicibus infra-foliaceis breviter pedanculatis 10-12 poll. longis et latis

laxifloris, rachi crassa, ramis simplicibus patentibus, spathis 3-4 remotis

lanceolatis 6-7 poll. longis demum fuscis; fl. MASc. v. HERMAPHROD. sepalis

orbiculatis, petalis 4 poll. longis basi connatis lanceolatis crasse coriaceis,

staminibus 30-40 petalis equilongis basi ovarii adnatis, filamentis fili-

formibus, antheris oblongis, stylo elongato filiformi, stigmate oblongo

tridentato; fl. r@M. minimis globosis, sepalis petalisque orbiculatis erosis,

ovario oblongo apice rotundato, baccis 4-} poll. longis ovoideo-oblongis

ima basi perianthio emarcido parvulo cinctis levibus pallide rubris,

albumine solido zquabili.

D. appenditulata, Scheff. in Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. vol. i. p. 52 et 197.

D. oliveformiss, W. Wats. in Gard. & Forest, July, 1891, p. 330, £. 57.

Ptychosperma appendiculata, Blume Rumph. p. 122, t. 84 and 119 ; Miquel.

Fil. Ind. Bat. vol. iii. p. 30; Griff. Palms of Brit. E. Ind, t. 142 A (fe.

Blume iterat.).

Seaforthia jaculatoria Mart. Nat. Hist. Palm. p. 186 et 314.

Areca oliveformis, 8 gracilis, Giseke Prael. Ord. Nat. p.t80.

A. vaginata, Giseke l. ¢.

Triartea P monogyna, Zipp. Bijd. Nat. Wet. vol. v. p. 178.

Sacuastai, sp. Rumph. Herb. Amboin. vol. i. p. 68.

Drymophleus is a tropical genus of small palms, consist-

ing of about a dozen species, scattered over the torrid

regions of the Old World, from the Malayan Peninsula to

the Pacific Islands, inclusive of New Guinea and Northern

Australia. None have as yet been found in British India,

though two are figured in Griffith’s ‘‘ Palms of the British

East Indies” as species of Ptychosperma (t. 242 A, B).

These are, however, unacknowledged copies of Blume’s

figures, the one (t. 242 A) of Pt. appendiculata, and the

other (t. 242 B) of his Pt. oliveformis, made no doubt by

Novemser Ist, 1891.

Griffith for his own use, and introduced, through inad-

vertence, into his work by the editor of his works. I am

indebted for the older synonymy of D. appendiculata to

Blume’s Rumphia.

D. appendiculata is a native of the Island of Gilolo, one

of the Moluccas, and of New Guinea; its nearest ally is

D. oliveformis, Scheff., which differs in having narrower

leaflets, and the fruit half immersed in the greatly enlarged

perianth. The plant here figured was received under the

latter name from Dr. Wendland, of the Royal Botanical

Gardens of Herrenhausen, Hanover. It flowered for the

first time in the Palm House at Kew in June, 1890, when

the trunks were three feet high and one and a half inches

in diameter, and fruited in the autumn of the same year.

The plant probably attains much larger dimensions. As

far as is recorded, the Drymophlei are not used for any

other purpose than for house-building.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Male (or hermaph.) flower unexpanded ; 2, the same expanded ; 3, the

Same cut open vertically ; 4, stamens; 5, fem. flower; 6, sepal; 7, ovary;

8, the same cut off vertically :—all greatly enlarged, °

MS. del.J.N Fitch ith.

Tas. 7203.

PINGUICULA Lorza.

Native of the Southern United States.

Nat. Ord. LentrsuLaRIE#.

Genus Privevicuta, Linn.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Plant., vol. ii. p. 988.) _

Pinevicuta lutea; foliis brevibus sessilibus oblongo-ovatis obtusis, scapis

calyceque glanduloso-pubescentibus, sepalis lineari-oblongis, corolla

auree tubo late infundibulari in calear decarvum wequilongum v,

brevius decurvum subulatum contracto, limbi lobis subs#qualibus

integris 2-lobis v. inzequaliter 4-lobulatis, palato incrassato genitalibus-

que glanduloso-pilosis, capsula ovoidea acuta calycem vix superante.

P. lutea, Walt. Fl. Carolin. p. 63; Michaue Fl. Bor. Am. vol. i. p. 11;

Puroh Fl. Am, Sept. vol.i. p. 14; Kerin Bot. Reg. t. 126; A.DC. Prodr.

vol. viii. p. 32; Chapm. ¥. S. U. States, 284; A. Gray Synopt. Fl.

U. States, vol. ii. pt. 2, p. 318.

P. edentula, Hook. Exot. Fl. t. 16.

P. campanalata, Lamk. in Journ, Hist. Nat. 1792, p. 336, 6. 18, f. 1,

Branponta, Reichb. Conspect. p. 127.

A native of the Southern United States of North

_ America, from North Carolina to Louisiana and Florida,

where it is common in low pine barrens. It is an exceed-

ingly variable plant in the size of all its parts, and especially

in the obtuse toothing of the lobes of the corolla. A form

with the corolla-lobes quite entire has been described by

my father as P. edentula in the “‘ Exotic Botany,” and

which is considered by other botanists as a distinct variety ;

but A. De Candolle, who retains it asa variety, says of

P. lutea that in some specimens of lutea sent by M.

Michaux the jobes are all four-toothed, whilst in the figure

in the Botanical Register the upper are simply obcordate

and the lower four-toothed, and in specimens communi-

cated by A. Gray all are entire; to which should be added

that in the Flora Exotica figure, the type of edentula,

they are all obcordate. In dimensions the corolla varies

from half an inch to an inch and a half in diameter.

P. lutea differs from all others of the genus in the nearly

regular, not two-lipped, corolla and its yellow colour, upon

Novemser Ist, 1891.

which characters the elder Reichenbach founded the genus

Brandonia. A. Gray, indeed, suggests the possibility

of the var. edentula being a hybrid with P. pumila,

Michx., a species with pale violet flowers varying to

white, a native of the same localities as P. lutea, and in

which the corolla limb is more regular than in the com-

mon form of that organ in the genus, though still distinctly

two-lipped; but besides the colour of the flowers, the base

of the corolla of that plant is saccate and the capsule

globose.

The late Mr. Nuttall was the first to send P. lutea to

England, in 1816, where it was flowered by Messrs. .

Colville in their nurseries, King’s Road, Chelsea; their

plants, however, did not attain half the size of these here

figured, which were obtained by the Royal Gardens from

the United States Botanical Garden of Washington. They

were received in March, and flowered in the following May

of this year, under the same treatment as Sarracenias and

Cape Droseras.—J. D. H. ,

Fig. 1, Longitudinal section of the corolla; 2, top of scape, stamens, and

ovary :—all enlarged.

MS.del, JN Fitch bth,

Vincent Brooks, Day & Son imp.

Tas. 7204.

ANGRAICUM rastuosum.

Native of Madagascar.

Nat. Ord. Orcnipnx.—Tribe VanvEA.

Genus Aneracum, Thou.; (Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p. 583.)

Ancracum fastuosum; acaule, foliis confertis oblongis apice rotundatis v.

emarginatis crasse coriaceis supra luride virescentibus rubro marginatis

subtus pallidioribus medio costatis, pedunculo foliis breviore crasso

eylindraceo obtuso paucifloro, bracteis caducis, floribus 14 poll. diam.,

_ sepalo dorsali oblongo-lanceolato obtuso, lateralibus paullo majoribus,

petalis ovato-lanceolatis sepalis lateralibus wquilongis, labello oblongo

apice 2-dentato medio carina lata convexa percurso, calcare filiformi

flavido labello plus duplo longiore, columna minuta latiuscula bicamerata,

anthera mitriformi, polliniis minutis didymis, caudiculis filiformibus

rostello incumbentibus, glandulis tenuiter cylindraceis caudiculis cras-

sioribus et fere duplo longioribus calcare absconditis.

A. fastuosum, Reichd. f. in Gard. Chron. 1881, vol. ii. p. 748, 844; 1885, vol. i.

p- 588, fig. 96.

A very singular species, quite unlike any other hitherto

described, remarkable, according to Reichenbach, for the

rugged surface of the leaves and the variable form of sepal

and lip. In his first account of the plant, in the Gardener’s

Chronicle for 1881, vol. ii. p. 748, Reichenbach (from speci-

mens imported by Leon Hublot) describes it as having leaves

bilobed and as rugose on the upper surface as the bulb

of Hriopsis rutidobulbon, slender filiform sepals and petals

two to three inches long, and a lip narrower than these,

characters which it is impossible to conceive being appli-

cable to any form of the plant here figured. In a subsequent

notice, at p. 844 of the same volume, he speaks of a plant

of A. fastuosum obtained from Sir Trevor Laurence as

equal to his type in all details, but having an obovate

rounded lip, instead of a narrow acute one, and suggests

either that M. Hublot’s plant was a pelorioid form, or that

there are two species closely alike. There is no modifica-

tion of his description of the rugose leaves or of the slender

_ filiform petals two to three inches long, and were it not

for the figure of the plant, from a specimen in Sir T’.

Laurence’s collection, given by Dr. Masters in the

November Ist, 1891.

Gardener’s Chronicle for 1885 (vol. i. p- 533, fig. 96)

Reichenbach’s fastwoswm must have been relegated to the

limbo of indeterminable species. With that figure ours

perfectly accords, except in that the leaves of the latter

are merely notched at the tip, and the lip is more oblong

obtusely toothed at the tip, and with a very broad low

median thickened band or ridge from the base to the tip.

The rugosity of the leaf occurs only after flowering, and is

hardly preceptible in the Kew plant.

The most remarkable character of A. fastuosum (though

it may be common to other Angrawca) is the great length

of the glands of the minute didymous pollinia, which are

cylindric, almost twice as long as, and much thicker than,

the filiform caudicles, and are concealed within the spur,

whence no doubt they are abstracted by insects in search

of the honey in the spur.

___ A. fastwosum was received by Messrs Sander and Co., of

St. Albans, and flowered in the Royal Gardens in May of

this year, and continued to flower till the middle of

September.

T am at a loss to account for the specific name of

Jastuosum, the plant being a very modest one, and by no

means suggestive of pride or scorn.—J. D. H, —

Fig. 1, Front view of base of lip and column; 2, side view of top of qvary .

column and base of lip with top of spur; 3 and 4, front and back view of

anther; 5, pollinia :—all greatly enlarged.

Tas. 7205.

CEREUS procumsens.

Native of Mexico.

Nat. Ord. Cactza.—Tribe Ecutnocactes.

Genus Crrzvs, Haw.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Plant., vol. i. p- 849.)

Crrevs (Echinocereus) procumbens; humilis, caule subterete v. 4—5-gono

ramosissimo articulato glauco-virescente, tuberculis distinctis spiralibus

£ seu 4-5-faris, areolis parvis orbiculatis, aculeis 4-7 radiantibus brevibus

__ rigidis albis apice fuscis, centrali nullo v. longiore, floribus sub apice

_ ramorum lateralibus amplis, ovarii pulvillis sub 25 albido-villosis,

aculeolos rigidos 6-9 breves variegatos gerentibus, sepalis tubi exte-

rioribus 12-15 aculeoliferis, superioribus sub 15 lineari-lanceolatis

acuminatis, petalis 18-30 roseis patulis lineari-spathulatis acutis v.

obtusis erosis v. integris, staminibus densissimis, antheris minutis flavis,

stigmatibus 10-14 viridibus, bacca ovoidea, seminibus parvulis lenti-

cularibus basi hilo oblongo truncatis verruculosis.

C. procumbens, Engelm. in Plant. Fendler, 50 (1810); Plant. Lindheim.

pt. ii. (1850) p. 203; Synops. of Cactz of U. States, &c. p- 80; Cactze Mex.

Bound. Surv. p. 38, t. 59, f. 1-11; Trelease & A. Gray, Bot. Works of

G. Engelman, pp. 114, 120, 139, 200, t. 59, fig. 1-11; Young Fl. Tezxas,.

p- 275.

____ The beautiful plant here figured, though undoubtedly

_ the Cereus procumbens, differs in a few points from the

elaborate description of the accomplished monographer of

North American cacti, in the larger flowers with more

numerous petals, rose (not violet) in colour, in the pale

glaucous green colour (not “ perviridis”), in the great

length of the central spine of the pulvilli, which Engelman

describes as either absent or hardly longer than the radi-

ating spines. The only species with which it could be

confounded is C. Berlandieri, Engelm., a native of the

adjoining district of Southern Texas, but that species has

very narrow, almost linear, petals.

C. procumbens is a native of the neighbourhood of Mata-

mores in Mexico, a town on the banks of the Rio Grande

del Norte, which separates Texas from Mexico, and is

about thirty miles from the embouchure of that river.

Plants of it were purchased for the Royal Gardens from

Mr. J. H. Erkener, of San Antonio in Texas, in 1885,

which flowered in May of the present year.

November 1st, 1891.

Mr. Watson informs me that the species of Hehinocereus,

even if grown in full sunshine, very rarely flower under

cultivation at Kew, though they grow freely. That here

figured was kept dry for nearly half the year.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Pulvillus and spores; 2, calyx segments; 3, stamen; 4, stigma :—

all enlarged.

MS.del, JN Fitchiith,

Tas. 7206.

DISA TRIPETALOIDES.

Native of South Africa.

Nat. Ord. Orcu1pE#.—Tribe OPHRYDEA.

Genus Disa, Berg. ; (Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. iii. p. 630.)

Disa (Eudisa) tripetaloides ; glaberrima, foliis gramineis v. anguste lineari-

oblongis acuminatis dorso carinatis, seapo elongato stricto erecto vaginato,

vaginis appressis acuminatis, spicis laxifloris, bracteis lanceolatis acumi-

- natis ovario basi inato brevioribus viridibus, ovario torto, floribus albis

roseo suffusis 1 ipo latis, sepalo dorsali galeato subhemispherico in

calear breviore rectum constricto intus sanguineo-maculato, sepalis

lateralibts aleformibus rotundato-obovatis obscure maculatis, petalis

carnosis galea inclusis lineari-oblongis apicibus incurvis rubro fasciatis,

labello minuto lineari, columna incurva antice concava basi bigibba,

rostello breviter bifido, anthera reflexa apice unguiculata, polliniis pyri-

formibus bilobis, caudicula breve, glandula minuta.

D. tripetaloides, WV. H. Brown in Gard. Chron. 1889, vol. i. p. 360; Masters

L. ce. 1890, vol. i. p. 766, fig. 127.

Orchis tripetaloides, Linn. Suppl. p. 198; Syst. Veg. Ed. xiv. p. 807.

D. excelsa, Thunb. Fl. Cap. 14 in part.

D. venosa, Lindl. Gen. & Sp. Orchid. 357, non Swartz.

_ Mr. Brown, in his description of this plant, says that

though an old one it is now published for the first time

under anew name. It is the Orchis tripetalvides of the

younger Linnzeus, discovered by Thunberg at the Cape of

Good Hope a century ago, but was confused by its

discoverer in his Herbarium and Flora with his Disa excelsa,

which again is compounded of the leaves of D. tripetaloides

and the stem and flowers of another plant. Lindley, in

his Genera and Species of Orchidew, has wrongly referred

the D. tripetaloides, Lindl., to Disa venosa of Swartz, a very

different plant, which has again been confused with D

racemosa.

The above is the result of Mr. N. E. Brown’s examina-

tion of the Herbarium of Thunberg, which was generously

lent to the Royal Gardens of Kew by the University of

Upsala (through the instrumentality of Professor Theod.

Fries) for the purpose of identifying the Orchids; and the

results of which will, it is hoped, soon be published.

Novemser Ist, 1891.

Mr. Watson informs me that the D. tripetaloides and D.

vacemosa are very easily cultivated at Kew, where D.

grandiflora is almost a failure; as also that Messrs. Veitch

have raised seedlings from crossing it with D. grandiflora,

as they also have from crossing D. racemosa with grandi-

jlora, the latter cross being named D. Veitchiv.

There remains only to add that D. tripetaloides is a

native of the Southern and Eastern districts of the Cape

Colony, from a little Hast of Table Bay to the Southern

districts of the Natal Colony, growing with D. venosa on

marshy ground. It was introduced into cultivation by Mr.

James O’Brien, of Harrow-on-the-Hill; itis a fleshy-rooted

plant of as easy cultivation and propagation by stoves asa

Primrose. The specimens figured flowered in a cool house

in the Royal Gardens. The plant is very hardy, having

been frozen hard in a cold frame without injury. Its

flowering season lasts for three months.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Top of ovary, lip, and column, with the anther removed 3 2, petal ;

3, column with anther; 4, pollinium :—all enlarged.

BRITISH, COLONIAL, AND FOREIGN

FLORAS.

AND DOOK of the BRITISH FLORA; a a Detoyion of the

““Frowermsng Plants and Ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British

Isles. For the use of Beginners and Amateurs. By Grorce Bentuay,

F.RS. 5th Edition, revised by Sir J. D. Hooker. Crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Series of Wood

Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants, fron Drawings by W. H. | =

Fitcn, F.L.S., and W. G. Surrn, F.L.8., forming an Ulustrated Companion

to Bentham’s * Handbook,” and other British Floras. 1311 Wood En-

gravings. 2nd Edition, revised and enlarged, crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.

OUTLINES of ELEMENTARY BOTANY, as Introductory to

Local Floras. By GrorcE agatha F. oes President of the Linnean

Society. New Edition, 1s. me

FLORA of HAMPSHIR. ng the Isle of Wight, with

es i a of : By ick Townsenn, M.A., ice Ss.

BRITISH. I MOSSES, ‘containing all that are

: to be natives of the British Teles. By the Rev. M. J. BerkELer,

Pree < M.A., ‘Le. 24 Coloured Plates, 21s,

SYNOPSIS of BRITISH MOSSES, containing Descriptions of

all the Genera and Species (with localities of the rarer ones) found in Great

Britain and Ireland. By Cuartes P. Hopkir«, F.L.S., &e., &. New

Edition, entirely revised. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.

THE BRITISH MOSS-FLORA. Monographs of the Families of

British Mosses, illustrated by Plates of all the species, with Microscopical

details of their structure. By R. Brairawaitz, M.D., F.L.S. Vol. I.,

with 45 Plates, 50s. Part XI., 8s. Part XII.,7s. Part XII. » 6s.

FLORA of BRITISH INDIA. By Sir J. D. Hooxrr, bs ies ee

and others. Parts I. to XIII., 10s. 6d. each Parts XIV., XV., and XVL.,

9s. each. Vols. I. to IV., 32s. each. Vol. V., 38s.

FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS: a Description of the Plants of the

Australian Territory. By G. Benrnam, F.R.S., F.LS., assisted by F.

= MuURLLER, F.R.S.. Vols, I. to VI., 20s. each. Vol. VIL, 24s. Published

under the auspices of the several Governments of Australia.

FLORA of MAURITIUS and the SEYCHELLES: a Descrip-

es tion of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of those Islands. By J. G. Baxrr,

F.L,8. Complete in 1 vol., 24s. Published under the authority of the

Colonial Government of Mauritius.

FLORA CAPENSIS: a Systematic Description of the Plants of

the Cape Colony, Caffraria, and Port Natal. By Wiiitam H. Harvey, M_D.,

F.R.S., and Orro WILHELM Sonper, Ph.D. Vols. I. and II, each 12s.

Vol. Iil., 18s.

FLORA of TROPICAL AFRICA. By Dantet Ontver, F.R.S.,

F.L.S. Vols. I.to IIT. each 20s. Published under the authority of the

First Commissioner of Her M aiesty’s Works.

HANDBOOK of the NEW ZEALAND FLORA: a Systematic

Description of the Native Plants of New Zealand, and the Chatham,

Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s, Campbell’s, and Macquarrie’s Islands. By

Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. Published under the auspices of the Government

of that Colony. Complete, 42s.

FLORA of the BRITISH WEST INDIAN ISLANDS. By

Dr. Grisepacn, F.L.S. 42s. Published under the auspices of the Secre-

tary of State for the Colonies. :

FLORA HONGKONGENSIS: a Description of the Flowering

Plants and Ferns of the Island of Hongkong. By Grorce Benruam,

F.L.8. With a Map of the Island and Supplement by Dr. Hance, 18s.

Published under the authority of Her Majesty’s Secretary of State for the

f -. Colonies. The Supplement, separately, 2s. 6d.

ON the FLORA of AUSTRALIA; its Origin, Affinities, and

-_ Distribution. By Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. 10s.

NTRIBUTIONS to THE FLORA of MENTONE, and

to a Winter Flora of the Riviera, including the coast from Marseilles to

er ae J. Tranerne Moccripce. Royal 8vo. Complete in 1 vol.

BOTANICAL MAGAZIN&.

CONTENTS OF No. 563, NOVEMBER, 1891.

Taz. 7202._DRYMOPHL@US APPENDICULATA.

» 7203.—PINGUICULA LUTEA.

» 7204—ANGRECUM FASTUOSUM.

» 7205.—-CEREUS PROCUMBENS.

» 7206.—DISA TRIPETALOIDES.

L. Resve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, Part VII., with 8 Coloured Pl ates, 15s,

LEPIDOPTERA INDI Cay

By F. MOORE, F.Z.S.

Prospectus, with First List of Subscribers, can be had on application to the Publishers.

L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, New Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooker. 10s. 6d.

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA:

A Description of the Flowering Plants and Ferns [Indigenous

to or Naturalized in the British Isles.

Br GEORGE BENTHAM, F.R.S.

see Edition, Revised by Sir J. Dd. Hooker, C.B., K.C.S.1., ae

Now feay. ena fee with 1311 W at Engravings, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE BRITISH FLORA:

“4 Series of Wood Engravings, with esti. of British Plants.

Drawn by W. HH. FITCH, F.1.S. , AND W. G. SMITH, F.LS

= oe an Mlustrated Companion : to » Bentham's = Handbook ” and other British Floras.

Now Be igs 8s. plain, 10s. Bia. Pais did, Btit, oe the

Large paper Illustrated Edition, of the

COLEOPTERA oF THE BRITISH ISLANDS. :

BY THE

REV. CANON FOWLER, McA. FS

Also Vol. T. of the Small Paper E dition, containing the Adephaga (Cicindelidee, ’

Carabidee, and Dytiscidz), the Hydrophilide, an Introduction, twostructural

Plates, and Woodents, Price 14s., cloth. Vol. IL., ‘Staphylinide, Wa

Vol. TIL, 16s. “Vol. TV. »16s. Vol. V., 16s. a

Vol. 0, Large Paper Edition, with 2 Structur ‘al and 36 Colow

Vol. iL, with 34 Coloured eee 58a, Fol. Ir, with 2

Vol. - V., shee 44 cise

Third Series.

No. 564.

VOL. XLVII.—DECEMBER. Price 3s. 6d. coloured, 2s. 6d, plain,

or No. 1258 OF THE ENTIRE WORK.

CURTIS'S

BOTANICAL. MAGAZINR,

MPEISING

TS OF THE ROYAL GARDENS OF KEW,

AND OF OTHER BOTANICAL ESTABLISHMENTS IN GREAT BRITAIN, W

SUITABLE Siis ebei hee

ITH

Siz JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER, M.D., K.CS.L, CB, FI:S., BLS.

Late Director of the Roval Botanic Grarvens of Ken.

SPRAIN AIR AS PRR RBS

Nature and Art to adorn the page combine,

And fiowers exotic grace our nerthern clime,

INNINGS NPG SRA

< LONDON:

‘L REEVE anp CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN,

se teat +: 1891,

“Fe Sime

Now Ready.

BRITISH FUNGI, Phycomycetes and Ustilaginese.

By Grorer Massre (Leckurer on Botany to the London Society for the

Extension of University Teaching). Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.

Now ready, with a Supplement of nearly 400 pages, 2 vols.,

with 24 Coloured Plates, 36s.

BRITISH FUNGOLOGY.

By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY, M.A,, F.L.S.

Re-issue. With a Supplement of nearly 400 pages by

WORTHINGTON G. SMITH, F.L.S.

L. REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN.

aera

L. Reeve é Go.’s Gr. 8v0 Series of Natural History.

New Edition. Now Ready.

BRITISH BEETLES ; an Introduction to the Study of our indigenous

CotroprErRa. By E.C. Rye. Revised by the Rev. Canon Fowner. 16 Coloured

Plates, and Woodcuts, 10s, 6d,

Second Edition, Rewritten and much Enlarged.

The Edible Mollusea of Great Britain

and Ireland, including the Oyster, Mus-

sel, Cockle, Scallop, Limpet, Whelk, —

Periwinkle, and many others less com- _

monly known, with Recipes for Cooking __

them. By M. S. Lovett. 12 Cher pe

Plates, 10s. 6d.

Revised Edition, entirely Saas

British Zoophytes, including the

Hydroida, Actinozoa, and Polyzoa

found in Great Britain, Ireland, and

the Channel Islands. By ARravr 8.

PENNINGTON, F.L.S. 24 Plates. 10s.6d.

British Insects ; a Familiar Descrip-

tion of the Saris: Structure, Habits,

and Transformation of Insects. By

KE. F. Sravetzey. 16 Coloured Plates,

and numerous Woodcuts, 14s.

itish Butterflies and Moths; an

Introduction to the Study of our Native |

By H. T. Statnton.

16 Coloured — and Woodcuts,

"British Bees; an Introduction to the

Study of the Natural History and

__ Eeonomy of the Bees indigenous to the

British Isles. By W. E, SHuckarp,

- 16 Coloured Plates, and Woodeuts,

10s, 6d.

British Spiders; an Introduction to

the Study of the ARANEID# foand in

Great Britain and Ireland. By E. F.

Stavetry. 16 Coloured Plate, and

oe 10s. 6d. i

Synopsis of British Mosses, contain-

ing Descriptions of all the Genera and

Species found in Great Britain and

Ireland, with localities of the rarer ones.

By C, P, Hopxrex, F.L.S. 7s. 6d.

British Grasses ; an Introduction to

the Study of the Grasses found in the

British Isles. By M. Puuzs. 16

Coloured Plates,and Woodcuts, 10s. 6d.

British Ferns. With Chapters on the

Structure, Propagation, Cultivation,

Diseases, Uses, Preservation, and Dis-

tribution of Ferns, By M. PLUEs.

16 Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts, ae

By 8. 0. Gray. _

10s. 6d.

British Sen weedec:

16 Coloured Plates, 10s. 6d.

_ REEVE & co, 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT r GARDEN.

On the ist of every Month, price One Shilling a rPhespence.

souRNAL (OF BOTA AN y

roa

L Reeve & 02 L

Tas. (201;

AGAVE a .picans.

Native of Mexico.

Nat. Ord. Amarytupem. Tribe AGavex,

Genus Acave, Linn. (Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Plant. vol. iii. p. 738.)

Aaave (Litts.) albicans ; acaulis, foliis 20-30 dense rosuldtis oblanceolato-

spathulatis carnoso-coriaceis persistenter glaucescentibus, spina terminali

haud pungente, aculeis marginalibus crebris minutis deltoideis, pedunculo

stricto foliis 3-4-plo longiore foliis reductis pluribus scariosis adpressis

___ praedito, floribus in spicam densam oblongam congestis, bracteis magnis

: ceolatis acuminatis, perianthii segmentis oblongis intus brunneis

tubum duplo superantibus, staminibus segmentis 3-4-plo longioribus.

A. albicans, Jacobi Vers. Syst. Ord. Agav. p. 137; Baker in Gard. Chron. 1887,

vol. ii. p. 717, fig. 1388; Handb. Amaryll. p. 191.

A. Ousselghemiana, Jacobi Nachtrag. p. 156.

A. micracantha, var. albidior, Salm-dyck in Bonplandia, vol. vii. p. 87,

Of these comparatively soft-leaved tender Agaves, which

compose the group called ‘* Aloide,” only two species, viz.

A. Celsiana, tab. 4934, and A. Sartorit, tab. 6292, have

yet been figured in the ‘“ Botanical Magazine.” My

estimate of the total number of species at present known is

thirty, but many of these have been described from very

imperfect material and are not known in flower. The

present plant is closely allied to A. micracantha Salm-dyck

(figured in the “‘ Refugium Botanicum’”’ of Saunders, tab.

327), and scarcely more than a variety of that species in a

broad sense. It was introduced into cultivation about

1860, and if, as I believe, A. Ousselghemiana, of the

Belgian gardens, is identical with it, was first flowered by

Count Kerchove d’Ousselghem in 1867. In England it.

was flowered by Mr. Justus Corderoy, at Blewbury, in

1887. Our drawing was made from a plant that flowered

in the Succulent House at Kew, in May, 1891, and was

purchased in 1889 at the sale of the late Mr. J. T. Peacock’s

collection of Succulent plants.

Desor. Acaulescent. Leaves twenty to thirty in a dense

‘rosette, oblanceolate-spathulate, twelve or fifteen inches

long, three or four inches broad at the middle, narrowed to

two or two and a half inches above the dilated base, com-

DecemBer lst, 1891.

paratively soft and pliable in texture, persistently glaucous

on both surfaces, tipped with a soft brownish spine an inch

long, closely margined with minute unequal deltoid brownish

prickles. Peduncle stiffly erect, three or four times as

long as the leaves, furnished with copious erect lanceolate-

acuminate scariose bract-leaves. Spike oblong, one and a

half or two feet long, half a foot in diameter when fully

expanded ; flowers in pairs, subtended by a large lanceo-

late-acuminate scariose bract. Perianth, including the

ovary, an itich and a half long, green outside; segments

oblong, brown inside, above half an inch long, twice as long

as the funnel-shaped tube. Stamens three or four times as

long as the perianth-segments. Style developed after the

Stamens, finally reaching up to the anthers.—J. G. Baker.

Fig. 1, Margin of leaf ; 2,a flower cut open; 8, horizontal section of

ovary :—all enlarged.

7208.

cal

L Reeve & C2 Landon.

TAs. T20e.

BULBOPHYLLUM macrantoum. _

Native of Burma and the Malayan Archipelago.

Nat. Ord. OrcuipEx.—Tribe EpmEnpDREs.

Genus Butsornyitium, Thou.; (Benth. & Hook. f. Gen, Pl. vol. iii. p. 501.)

Buporuyitum macranthum; rhizomate robusto elongato, pseudobulbis

sparsis ovoideis teretibus vestigiis scopeformibus vaginarum cinctis,

foliis breviter petiolatis lineari-oblongis bidentatis crasse coriaceis,

-pedunculis 1-floris basi vaginatis nudis, floribus amplis reversis pur-

_ pureo maculatis, perianthio patente, sepalis subaqualibus, dorsali ovato-

Janceolato, lateralibus conniventibus dimidiato-ovatis obtuse acuminatis,

petalis sepalo dorsali conformibus sed paullo minoribus, labello breviter

stipitato unguiculato recurvo basi trauncato sub-biauriculato, columna

. brevi apice utrinque dilatete.

B. macranthum, Lindl. in Bot. Reg. 1844, f. 13; Walp. Ann. Bot. vol. vi.

f. 245; Ridley in Ann. Bot. iv. (1890) p. 335, t. xx. fig. 1-6; Hook. f.

Fl. Brit. Ind. vol. v. p. 753.

Sarcopodium macranthum, Lindl. in Pazxt. Fl. Gard. vol. i. p. 155, cwm Ic.s

Fol. Orchid., Sarcopod. p. 3.

This is one of the single-flowered species of Bulbophyllum

with large usually spreading petals, to which Lindley gave the

same Sarcopodiwm, and in which the peduncle of flower is

really an elongated pedicel, starting from the rhizome at the

base of the pseudobulb, the true peduncle being suppressed.

Lindley’s*figtire of it in the Botanical Register represents

the lateral sepals as of the same uniform dull blue-purple

colour as the dorsal and petals ; the fact is that the flowers

change colour after expansion, being first of a vinous red

but the dorsal sepal and petals becoming dull blue-purple

with broad spots of a dark blue, and the lateral sepals

yellowish speckled with bright red on the outer half.

Lindley figures the foot of the column as not produced

beyond the insertion of the lateral sepals, and so [ have

described it in the Flora of British India, but in the.

specimen here figured it is produced into a distinct stipes

to the lip.

The fertilization of B. macranthum is the subject of a

very interesting paper by Mr. H. N. Ridley, M.A., F.L.S.,

Superintendent of the Botanical Gardens, Singapore,

published in the Annals of Botany cited above, and which

DecemBer Ist, 1891.

is effected by a small dipterous insect. The following is

the substance of his elaborate description of the opera-

tion :—

“The insect usually commences by licking the upper

part of the sepals, and eventually settles down on the

front of the lateral sepals, and commences to lick them. '

As long as it is at work on the narrow upper part of the

sepals, it can hold on to their edges, but when it gets to

the broad part it cannot reach across. Its feet then slip

from the glassy surface, and it clutches wildly at the lip.

Immediately its weight falls,upon the lip, the latter

suddenly drops back, pitching the insect stern first into

the column, between its arms, which have enough

springyness in them to separate a little, and then close

tightly on the body of the captive. The insect strikes the

gland of the pollinia with the upper part of its abdomen,

and the pollinia become fixed with exact precision upon the

first segment of that organ ; the lower part of the abdomen

generally adhering to the stigma. The lip, released by

the fly, instantly returns to its original position, and the

insect is left struggling on its back in the arms of the

column. Soon, however, it releases itself, and flies away

with the pollen on its back, and, repeating the process on

another flower, places the pollen on its stigma. For

further interesting details I must refer to Mr. Ridley’s

paper and its illustrations of the process.

B. macranthum would appear to have a very wide range.

here are specimens in the Kew Herbarium collected by

the Rev. Mr. Parish in Tenasserim at an elevation of three

thousand six hundred and thirty-six feet. That figured by

Lindley (and Mr. Ridley’s) are from Singapore. The

Specimen here figured, and which was received from Mr.

ramer, gardener at Flotbeck Park, near Hamburg, in

1888, was said to have been imported from Java. It .

flowered in the Royal Garden in May, 1890.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Top of ovary, column and lip; 2 and 3, view of lip; rs column;

®, anther ; 6, pollinia :—all enlarged. = : if.

sn nnninens

ect

Vincertt Brooks Day &Son.imp

vhth

Lit

el, JN

MS.d

L Reeve &C° Landon

Tas. 7209.

TROCHETIA BuacksBuRnvIANa.

Native of the Mauritius.

Nat. Ord. StercuLiacE2.—Tribe DoMBEYEZ.

Genus Trocuetia, DC.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Plant., vol. i. p. 222.)

Trocuetia Blackburniana; frutex v. arbuscula, ramulis petiolis costis foliorum

- pedunculisque pilis stellatis ferrugineo-furfuraceis, foliis longe petiolatis

elliptico- v. obovato-oblongis acutis integerrimis v. crenato-serratis a basi

7-costatis, basi subcordatis, supra late viridibus sparse lepidotis subtus

pallidis, pedunculis supra-axillaribus unifloris 2-bracteolatis petiolo

longioribus decurvis, floribus amplis campanulatis, sepalis elongatis lan-

ceolatis dorso puberulis, petalis convolutis oblique obovato-rotundatis

infra medium albis roseo venosis apicibus sanguineis, antheris 30

linearibus in apicem columnzw staminez plicate subsessilibus, ovario

stellatim tomentello, stigmatibus brevissimis.

T. Blackburniana, Bojer Hort. Maurit.41 (name only); Baker, Fl. Maurit. 29.

Trochetia is one of the most interesting genera of plants,

on account of its unique distribution; the few species

which it contains being, with the exception of one found

in Madagascar, confined to the two oceanic Islands of St.

Helena in the Atlantic Ocean and the Mauritius in the

Indian. The species are thus separated by nearly two

thousand miles of ocean as well as by the interposed con-

tinent of Africa, which covers as many miles of latitude.

There are four Mauritian species, of which one alone has

flowered and been figured in this country, the 7’. triflora,

DC. (7. grandiflora, Lindl. Bot. Reg. 1844, t. 21), with

white corymbose flowers larger than those of 7’. Black-

burniana, and twenty anthers; it blossomed at Syon

House in 1844, and is no doubt long lost. As far as is

known the Mauritian species are all still to be found in more

or less abundance in the virgin forests of the higher parts

of that island. It is very different in the case of the two

St. Helena species, 7’. melanoxylon, Benth. (Pentapetes

Erythroxylon, Tab. 1000 of this work), and 7. Hrythroxylon,

Benth. (Melhania Hrythroxylon).

Of these the first has been extinct for many years in the

DecemsBer Ist, 1891.

Island, and was last known in a living state only as culti-

vated in the Palm House at Kew, and Mr. Melliss, in his

excellent work “A Physical, Historical and Descriptive

Account of St. Helena,” published in 1875, says of it, that

weather-beaten stems of it were then still to be found deeply

imbedded in the surface soil over a considerable portion of

the Island. Of JT. Hrythrorylon the same author states

that there were at that time still two or three plants of it

growing amongst the Cabbage trees of Diana’s Peak and

High Peak, but that the individuals were quickly disappear-

ing, adding that a few (perhaps seventeen or eighteen in all)

were still cultivated in the Island. I have since heard that

but one native tree of italone remains. As is well known,

the destruction of the forest that once clothed the Island

of St. Helena is due to indiscriminate felling for fire-

wood, and the introduction of goats.

T. Blackburniana was sent for figuring in this work by

Mr. F. W. Burbidge, M.A., Curator of the Trinity College

Botanical Gardens, Dublin, where it flowered in May of

this year.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Stellate hairs of the stem and leaves; 2, bud with peduncle and

bracts, from a sketch by Mr. Burbidge; 3, petal; 4, staminal column ;

5, group of 3 anthers ; 6, portion of the staminal column showing the sta-

minodes; 7, ovary; 8, transverse section of do.; 9, stellate hairs from do.:—

all but fig. 2 enlarged.

7210 ,

‘\

: Da

\ xia

SN Vig AY

SOY :

Vinoent Brooks Day & San imp

wan. 7210:

VERONICA Lavaupiana.

Native of New Zealand.

Nat. Ord. Scropnunarine®, Tribe DicitTaLex.'

Genus Veronica, Linn.; (Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Plant., vol. ii. p: 964.)

Veronica (Hebe) Lavaudiana ; fruticulus ramosus foliosus, ramulis crassius-

culis foliisque glaberrimis, foliis parvis patulis spathulato- v. obovato-

rotundatis coriaceis breviter crasse petiolatis crenatis viridibus margi-

_ nibus sanguineis, floribus albis in corymbos terminales amplos densi-

floros crasse pedunculatos dispositis sessilibus, bracteis ovatis obtusis

sepalisque zquilongis glanduloso-pilosis tubo corollz paullo brevioribus,

corollz lobis tubo subaquilongis patenti-recurvis, postico majore orbi-

culato, lateralibus oblongis obtusis, antico ovato obtuso, filamentis

brevibus, antheris majusculis vix exsertis, ovario obcordato glaberrimo,

stylo gracili longe exserto, stigmate capitellato, capsula minuta oblongo-

ovoidea obtusa calycem subequante.

V. Lavaudiana, Raoul Choix des Plantes de la Nouv. Zel. p. 16, t. 10; Hook.

f. #l. New Zealand, vol. i. p. 195; Handbook of the New Zealand Flora,

p- 214; Gard. Chron. 1891, i. 934, f. 154.

The numerous New Zealand Veronicas are being rapidly

_ introduced into this country, chiefly through the agency of

Mr. Armstrong, of the Botanical Gardens, Christ Church,

Canterbury, and are destined .to hold a prominent position

in the Rock Gardens of amateurs. As is well known, the

genus is the prominent botanical feature of the under-

shrubbery of the New Zealand Archipelago, from the

Northern Cape to the Antarctic Islands; and it is a very

singular fact that the most arboreous member of the whole

genus, V. elliptica, Forst. (V. decussata Ait. Tab. 242),

which attains twenty feet in height, is the most southern

of all, extending from Otago to Campbell’s Island, in Lat.

52} south, and in Tierra del Fuego to nearly 56° south.

In the “‘ Handbook of the New Zealand Flora,”’ published

(the first part) in 1864, I described forty species, all

peculiar to the group except the aforesaid V. elliptica, and

the common British V. Anagallis, which inhabits many

parts of the world. That number has been brought up to

sixty by Mr. J. B. Armstrong, who has published a tabular

resumé of the species in the Transactions of the New Zea-

DercemBer Ist, 1891. ‘

land Institute. Ina very interesting account of the genus

as found in New Zealand, which prefaces his tables, Mr.

Armstrong states that except Coprosma no other enters so

largely into the composition of the Floral scenery ; that all

the species are worthy of cultivation, and that this genus

alone would be sufficient to give interest and variety to the

botany of the country. He goes on to state that no other

genus presents such extreme variability ; but that he does not

attribute this to hybridization, for that after an examination

of between four thousand and five thousand specimens, and

a careful experimentation in the largest existing collection

of cultivated species, that in the Christ Church Botanical

Gardens, he is convinced that self-fertilization is the rule

in the genus, and that the theory of hybrids is untenable.

The seedlings, he says, invariably resemble their parent,

but sports occur which reproduce their own characters,

and that this process has given rise to the greater number

of the known New Zealand forms. He further adds that

the cultivated plants in New Zealand (presumably Euro-

pean) are all liable to sport, and that the introduced weeds

are nearly all self-fertilized.

V. Lavaudiana was discovered in 1840 at Akaroa, by

M. Raoul, Surgeon on board the French corvette, L’ Aube,

and is beautifully figured in his “ Choix des Plantes de la

Nouy. Zealand.” It is also a native of the Canterbury plains,

where it was collected by Dr. Lyall, F.L.S., Surgeon and

Naturalist of H.M.S. Acheron, when surveying the islands,

and by subsequent botanists. It was introduced into this

country previous to 1880 by the late Isaac Anderson

Henry, Esq., of Trinity, Edinburgh, who sent me a small

flowering branch of it in that year, and the specimen here

figured was kindly forwarded for figuring by Mr. Burbidge,

M.A., F.L.S., Curator of the College Botanical Gardens,

Dublin, in May of last year.—J. D. H.

Fig. 1, Flower ; 2, calyx and bracts; 3, corolla and stamens; 4 and 5,

stamens; 6, pistil :—all enlarged.

7211

rooks,Day &Son bap

as,

oO:

ote

TAB. 721

ARISAUMA aNoMALuM.

Native of the Malay Peninsula

Nat. Ord. ArormEx%.—Tribe ARINEA,

_ Genus Artsaoa, Mart. ; (Benth. & Hook. f. Gen, Pl. vol. iii. p. 965.)

AniseMa anomalum; rhizomate deformi plurifoliato et plurifloro, foliis

- gcapisque remotis, vaginis elongatis, petiolo gracili 3- rarius 5-foliato,

foliolis subsessilibus conformibus ovatis tenuiter acuminatis nervosis,

_scapo petiolo zquilongo v. longiore pallido brunneo striato, spathz

tubo cylindraceo pallido fusco-purpureo fasciato, limbo brevi dilatato

galeato-fornicato incurvo acuminato acumine ascendente, oris marginibus

latiuscule evertis et recurvis, spadicibus masculis v. androgynis, organibus

neutris supra mascula v. cum iis immixtis subulatis, fl. masc. parvis

stipitatis tetrathecis, ovariis dense congestis globosis, stigmate sessili

penicillato, ovulis numerosis, appendice parte florifera spadicis equilonga

sessili subulata inclusa.

A. anomalum, Hems/. in Journ. Bot. 1887, p. 205; N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron.

1890, vol. i. p. 321.

In mode of growth this Arisema, as Mr. Brown pointed

out in the Gardener’s Chronicle, differs from all others

_ hitherto described, for instead of having a solitary annual

tuber, it presents an elongated stout subterranean root-

stock, which bears tubers (or tuberous branches) of

irregular shape that give origin some to a leaf, others to a

flowering scape. And as the rootstock continues to grow

for a long period (at least under cultivation) and the leaves

are of longer duration than the flowers, the whole plant

presents the remarkable phenomenon of being always in

leaf, and often in flower also. Further information re-

garding the periodicity of leafing and flowering would be

very interesting, and especially as to whether the develop-

ment of leaf and flower are cotemporaneous, and if not in

what order they appear. As far as it is at present known

the rhizome bears leaves and flowers alternately, though in

some cases both may proceed from one branch or tuber of

the rhizome. M. Hemsley suggests that Arisema Wrayi

(Tab. 7105), may have the same root structure. Mr.

_ Brown, who has made a careful study of the living plant,

: December Ist 1891.

describes the lateral leaflets as sometimes bipartite, show-

ing a tendency in the leaf to become digitate. Another

anomalous feature in A. anomalum is the stigma, which is

not capitate as usual in the genus, but composed of a

pencil of spreading hairs.

A. anomalum was discovered by Mr. Curtis, of the

Botanical Garden, Penang, in the Laret Islands, in the

Straits of Malacca, from whom tubers were received in

ae geen flowered in the Royal Gardens in March, 1890.

Fig. 1, Male spadix; 2, male flower; 3, androgynous spadix; 4, ovary ;_

5, the same cut open vertically ; 6, ovule :—all enlarged.

7166

INDEX

To Vol. XLVII. of the Tarp Serizs, or Vol. CXVIL. of

the whole Work.

7207 Agave albicans.

7153, 4, 5 Amorphophallus Tita-

num.

7161 Angrecum fragrans.

7179 Aphelandra Blanchetiana.

7211 Ariseema anomalum.

7168

7208

7158

7205

7198

7194

Asarum geophilum.

Bulbophyllum macranthum.

Catasetum fimbriatum.

Cereus procumbens.

Cirrhopetalum Collettii.

Citrus Aurantium, var. Ber-

gamia.

Clematis Stanleyi.

7176 Ceelogyne Rossiana.

7181 Colchicum Sibthorpii.

7188 Cypripedium californicum.

7178 Cypripedium Klotzschianum.

7156 Dipladenia illustris, var. gla-

bra.

7206 Disa tripetaloides.

7202 Drymophlceus appendiculata.

7180 Edgeworthia Gardneri.

7162, 3 Encephalartos Altensteinii.

7169 Epidendrum Sceptrum.

7201 Epiphyllum Gaertneri.

7200 Eucryphia Billardieri,

Milligani.

7187 Faradaya splendida.

7170 Furcrea Bedinghausii.

var.

7192

7173

7183

7195

7177

7157

7164

7185

7165

7182

7199

7196

7203

7175

7189

7191

Heritiera macrophylla.

Hermannia cristata.

Hibiscus venustus.

Impatiens mirabilis.

Lilium Henryi.

Magnolia Watsoni.

Masdevallia macrura.

Masdevallia platyglossa.

Masdevallia punctata.

Musa Basjoo.

Napoleona Miersii.

Phalewnopsis Esmeralda.

Pinguicula lutea.

Pitcairnia Roezlii.

Pleurothallis immersa,

Rehmannia (Trianophora) ru-

pestris.

Rhododendron seabrifolium.

7171 Rosa Banksie.

7186 Stenoglottis longifolia.

7184 Synadenium arborescens.

7190 Synantherias sylvatica.

7160 Tricuspidaria dependens,

7209 Trochetia Blackburniana.

7193 Tulipa Sintenesii.

7167 Vanilla planifolia.

7210 Veronica Lavaudiana.

7174 Wahlenbergia undulata.

7197 Yucca filifera.

7172 Yucca rupicola.

7159

‘BRITISH, COLONIAL, AND FOREIGN

FLORAS.

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA; a Description of the

: Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British

-Tsles. For the use of Beginners and Amateurs. By Grorcr BEntHam,

F.R.S. 6th Edition, revised by Sir J. D. Hooker. Crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS of the BRITISH FLORA ; a Series of Wood

Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants, from Drawings by W. H.

Fircu, F.L.S., and W. G. Suiru, F.L.S., forming an Illustrated Companion

to Bentham’s ‘“ Handbook,” and other British Floras. 1311 Wood En-

gravings. 2nd Edition, revised and enlarged, crown 8vo, 10s. 6d.

OUTLINES of ELEMENTARY BOTANY, as Introductory to

Local Floras, By Georce BentHAm, F.R.S., President of the Linnean

Society. New Edition, 1s. ee ,

FLORA of HAMPSHIRE, including the Isle of Wight, with

: localities of the less common species. By F. Townsenp, M.A., F.L.S.

‘With Coloured Map and two Plates, Tse

KK of BRITISH MOSSES, containing all that are

‘mown to be natives of the British Isles. By the Rev. M. J. BerkELEy,

+ MA., F.L.S. 24 Coloured Plates, 21s.

SYNOPSIS of BRITISH MOSSES, containing Descriptions of

all the Genera and Species (with localities of the rarer ones) found in Great

Britain and Ireland. By Cxartes P. Hopkirk, F.L.8., &c., &c. New

Edition, entirely revised. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d.

THE BRITISH MOSS-FLORA. Monographs of the Families of

British Mosses, illustrated by Plates of all the species, with Microscopical

details of their structure. By R. BrairuwairE; M.D: F138. = Vot-ts,

with 45 Plates, 50s. Part XJ., 8s. Part XII.,7s. Part XIII., 6s.

FLORA of BRITISH INDIA By Sir J. D. Hooxer, F.R.S.,

and others. Parts I. to XIII., 10s. Gd. each Parts XIV. to XVII,

9s. each. Vols. I. to IV., 32s. each. Vol. V.,; 38s.

FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS: a Description of the Plants of the

Australian Territory. By G. BrenruaM, F.R.S., F.L.S., assisted by F.

Murtier, F.R.S. Vols. I. to VI., 20s. each. Vol. VII., 24s. Published

under the auspices of the several Governments of Australia.

FLORA of MAURITIUS and the SEYCHELLES: a Descrip-

tion of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of those Islands. By J. G. BAKER,

F.L.8. Complete in 1 vol., 24s. Published under the authority of the

Colonial Government of Manritius.

FLORA CAPENSIS: a Systematic Description of the Plants of

the Cape Colony, Caffraria, and Port Natal. By Witt1am H. Harvey, M.D.,

F.R.S., and Orro WitnEetm SonpeEr, Ph.D. Vols. I. and II., each 12s.

Vol. IIE., 18s.

FLORA of TROPICAL AFRICA. By Danten Oriver, F.R.S.,

F.LS. Vols. I.to IIL, each 20s. Published under the authority of the

First Commissioner of Her Maiesty’s Works.

HANDBOOK of the NEW ZEALAND FLORA: a Systematic

Description of the Native Plants of New Zealand, and the Chatham,

Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s, Campbell’s, and Macquarrie’s Islands. By

Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S. Published under the auspices of the Government

of that Colony. Complete, 42s.

FLORA of the BRITISH WEST INDIAN ISLANDS. By

Dr. Grisepacn, F.L.S. 42s, Published under the auspices of the Secre-

tary of State for the Colonies. S

FLORA HONGKONGENSIS: a Description of the Flowering

Plants and Ferns of the Island of Hongkong. By Georcr BrnTHaM,

F.L.S. With a Map of the Island and Supplement by Dr. Hance, 18s.

Published under the authority of Her Majesty’s Secretary of State for the

Colonies. The Supplement, separately, 2s. cenit era ee Z

A of AUSTRALIA; its Origin, Affinities, and

_ By Sir J. D. Hooker, BB 1086 5 :

ONS to THE FLORA of MENTONE, and

inter Flora of the Riviera, “including fhe coast from Marseilles to

MoaGGRIpGE.

‘Royal 8vo. Complete in 1 VOL Z

BOTANICAL MAGAZINE.

CONTENTS OF No. 564, DECEMBER, 1891.

Tan. 7207.—AGAVE ALBICANS.

7208._BULBOPHYLLUM MACRANTHUM

7209 TROCHETIA BLACKBURNIANA.

» 7210,—-VERONICA LAVANDIANA.

, -7211.—ARISEMA ANOMALUM.

”

”?

L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, Part VIII., with 8 Coloured Plates, 15s,

LEPIDOPTLTE RA INDICA.

By F. MOORE, F.Z.S.

Prospectus, with First List of Subscribers, can be had on application to the Publishers.

L, Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden.

Now ready, New Edition, Revised by Sir J. D, Hooker, 10s. 6d. ;

HANDBOOK of the BRITISH FLORA:

A Description of the Flowering Plants and Ferns Indigenous

to or Naturalized in the British Isles.

By GEORGE BENTHAM, FE.RS,

5th Edition, Revised by Sir J. D. Hooker, C.B., K.C.S.1., F.R.S., &e.

' Now ready. 2nd Edition, with 1811 Wood Engravings, 10s. 6d.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE BRITISH FLORA:

_A Series of Wood Engravings, with Dissections, of British Plants.

Drawn BY W.H. FITCH, F.L.S., anp W. G. SMITH, F.LS.

Forming an Illustrated Companion to Bentham’s “ Handbook,” and other British Floras. : Z

Now Reapy, price 8s. plain, 10s. coloured, Parts LII., LIII, completing the

Large paper Illustrated Edition, of the

COLEOPTERA oF THE BRITISH ISLANDS.

BY THE

REV. CANON FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.,

_ Also Vol. I. of the Small Paper Edition, containing the Adephaga feiaisdatide,

Carabide, and Dytiscide), the Hydrophilide, an Introduction, two structural

Plates, and Woodeuts. Price 14s., cloth. ee IL., ee 18s,

Vol. TIL, 16s. Vol. IV., 16s. Vol. ae

eS Vol. I. , Large Paper Edition, with 2 Structural and 36 Colom isd Plates, price e485.

Vol. I., with 34 Coloured Plates, 588. Vol. IIL, with 28 Coloured Plates, 48s.

Vole EY. wit p aA hime: inte igs Vol. V., 1 MNS cas Co